INSERT INTO `wp_posts_backup` VALUES (847,2,'2013-08-19 22:09:56','2013-08-20 05:09:56','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-839\" alt=\"drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-838\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/-image67169\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example-300x149.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example-300x228.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>\r\n\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-08-19 22:09:56','2013-08-20 05:09:56','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(868,2,'2013-08-20 08:09:58','2013-08-20 15:09:58','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" alt=\"artist pencils\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example-300x149.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example-300x228.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>\r\n\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 08:09:58','2013-08-20 15:09:58','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(848,2,'2013-08-19 22:18:25','2013-08-20 05:18:25','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-839\" alt=\"drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-838\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/-image67169\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example-300x149.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example-300x228.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>\r\n\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-08-19 22:18:25','2013-08-20 05:18:25','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(853,2,'2013-08-20 07:27:46','2013-08-20 14:27:46','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/kJw_7IeQEZ8?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nWhen making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_852\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-852  \" title=\"Justin-Bieber-arrives\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a> &copy; Carrienelson1 | Dreamstime.com[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-728\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-729\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-730\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-731\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-732\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-733\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-734\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"how to draw Justin Bieber\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\" width=\"455\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:27:46','2013-08-20 14:27:46','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1020,2,'2014-05-09 22:43:21','2014-05-10 05:43:21','<p>When making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_852\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-852     \" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a> <strong> &copy; <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/carrienelson1_info\">Carrienelson1</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n</p><h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-728\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-729\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-730\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-731\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-732\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-733\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-734\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"how to draw Justin Bieber\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"455\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2014-05-09 22:43:21','2014-05-10 05:43:21','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(854,2,'2013-08-20 07:47:46','2013-08-20 14:47:46','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/kJw_7IeQEZ8?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nWhen making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_852\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-852   \" title=\"Justin-Bieber-arrives\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a> <strong> &copy; <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/carrienelson1_info\">Carrienelson1</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-728\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-729\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-730\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-731\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-732\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-733\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-734\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"how to draw Justin Bieber\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\" width=\"455\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:47:46','2013-08-20 14:47:46','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1022,2,'2014-05-10 06:32:31','2014-05-10 13:32:31','Shoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_856\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-856  \" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vukvuk_info\">Branislav Ostojic</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2014-05-10 06:32:31','2014-05-10 13:32:31','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(859,2,'2013-08-20 07:58:29','2013-08-20 14:58:29','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_856\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-856\" alt=\" © Branislav Ostojic | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vukvuk_info\">Branislav Ostojic</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:58:29','2013-08-20 14:58:29','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(860,2,'2013-08-20 07:59:27','2013-08-20 14:59:27','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_856\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-856 \" title=\"wedge high heel shoes\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vukvuk_info\">Branislav Ostojic</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:59:27','2013-08-20 14:59:27','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(861,2,'2013-08-20 08:01:00','2013-08-20 15:01:00','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_856\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-856  \" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vukvuk_info\">Branislav Ostojic</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 08:01:00','2013-08-20 15:01:00','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(862,2,'2013-08-20 08:01:29','2013-08-20 15:01:29','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/kJw_7IeQEZ8?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nWhen making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_852\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-852     \" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a> <strong> &copy; <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/carrienelson1_info\">Carrienelson1</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-728\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-729\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-730\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-731\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-732\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-733\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-734\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"how to draw Justin Bieber\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\" width=\"455\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 08:01:29','2013-08-20 15:01:29','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(864,2,'2016-07-31 11:14:46','2016-07-31 18:14:46','<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-280\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\" alt=\"picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6\" width=\"450\" height=\"343\" /></a></p>\nHere we have a drawing of a bride, eyes wide and looking from behind a bouquet. The central focus will be on her eyes and how to draw them. Hopefully after giving this a try, you will learn to include all of the little details that bring the eyes to life. So refer to the reference photo below, as well as my step-by-step drawings, and let’s draw some eyes!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_863\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-863\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\" alt=\" © Pzaxe | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/pzaxe_info\">Pzaxe</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\nMake a grid of 6 squares across and 3 squares down. They can be any size you choose. Just make sure to use a ruler and make perfect squares if you are hoping for a more accurate drawing of the photograph. If you are good at sketching lines and can make boxes approximately the same size, that will work too for this drawing (since we are not trying to capture a likeness).\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-698\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\" alt=\"01p bride eyes grid\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 2: Outline of the Eyes</h3>\nOnce again, if you are using your grid for accuracy, pay close attention to placement. For example, the corner of the bride’s left eye (right side of the drawing) is approximately at the imaginary center line of its grid box (lined up with the arrow). Also, notice how the widths of both eyes are the same, and there is about one eye-width between the two eyes. This is a standard rule of thumb for drawing eyes looking directly at you, no matter who you are drawing! You can also include the tear ducts at this point.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-709\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\" alt=\"02p bride eyes outline\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 3: Upper Eyelids</h3>\nDraw a thin line above each eye’s outline to represent the eyelids. Draw lines from the outer corners that will lead to the brows. Draw lines from the inner corners to the upper bridge of the nose.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-710\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\" alt=\"03p bride eyes upper lids\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 4: Irises and Pupils</h3>\nUsing your grid and guidelines to help you, lightly sketch circles for the irises and pupils. If necessary, try a few times until you get satisfactory size and placement. Then, trace over them as carefully as you can to make them as round as possible. I like to use a <a title=\"Pickett Template 1204-i Circle Master\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pickett-template-1204-i-circle-master/\">circle template</a> to make this tracing easier and more accurate. Remember, too, to make smaller circles serving as highlights (or catchlights).\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-702\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\" alt=\"04p bride eyes irises and pupils\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 5: Lower Eyelids</h3>\nRepeat the same process as you did for the upper eyelids to make the lower lids. Draw a thin line under the white part of the eye. This line is actually for the top rim of the lower eyelids, where we will place the lower eyelashes later. Underneath this, draw any characteristic lines that support the bottom of the eyeballs.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-703\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\" alt=\"05p bride eyes lower lids\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 6: Surrounding Features</h3>\nDraw the eyebrows, bouquet, face, ear, hair, veil, and any other features that you want to include. Put as much or as little detail as you wish. You can just use simple shapes, especially for the bouquet. It is okay if some of the drawing extends outside of the grid squares.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-704\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\" alt=\"06p bride eyes surrounding\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 7: Guidelines for Shading</h3>\nDraw light lines where you see shadows. The shading you will add later will provide form to the eyes and surrounding facial features.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-705\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\" alt=\"07p bride eyes shading\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 8: Erase Grid Lines</h3>\nCarefully erase the grid lines. Try to erase as much as you can without affecting the lines of the actual drawing. If you can still see some light lines (as indicated by the arrow), it’s not too big of a deal. You can mask them later with shading.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-706\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\" alt=\"08p bride eyes erase\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 9: Shading and Details</h3>\nUse the lines you made earlier and the reference photo to add shading. Try to use soft strokes that go in the same direction as the surfaces you are shading.\n\nFor the eyebrows, I lightly shade what was drawn before, and then I use short pencil lines to represent the individual hairs. Pay attention to direction, and notice how most but not all of the little hairs flow together.\n\nFor the whites of the eyes, I almost always put a little bit of shading under the upper eyelids and some on each corner to give that spherical look to the eyeballs.\n\nMake the pupils as dark as you possibly can. For the iris, make the outer rim darker, and draw lines going toward the pupil. Leave the catchlights white by shading around them.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-707\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\" alt=\"09p bride eyes details\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 10: Eyelashes</h3>\nI like to leave the eyelashes as the last step for the eyes. This way, I can have all of my desired shading complete and place the lashes over it, for a more natural appearance.\n\nCarefully trace part of the upper eyelid in dark black before placing the upper eyelashes. This will give them a certain thickness. Use fine pencil lines from the lids outward for each of the hairs (much like the eyebrows). Pay attention to direction, and make the lower eyelashes shorter.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-694\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\nYou may have heard it said that the eyes are the windows to the soul. That is why drawing eyes correctly is so vital for portrait artists. The eyes are a very important (if not the most important) part of capturing a subject’s true likeness.\n\nApply what you learn from this drawing to other drawings like it that focus mainly on the eyes. Then, when you try to draw a familiar face, you will likely see a better resemblance in your work!\n\n[magicactionbox id=\"2032\"]','How to Draw Eyes of a Bride','','inherit','open','open','','271-autosave-v1','','','2016-07-31 11:14:46','2016-07-31 18:14:46','',271,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/271-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(865,2,'2013-08-20 08:05:54','2013-08-20 15:05:54','<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-280\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\" width=\"450\" height=\"343\" /></a></p>\r\nHere we have a drawing of a bride, eyes wide and looking from behind a bouquet. The central focus will be on her eyes and how to draw them. Hopefully after giving this a try, you will learn to include all of the little details that bring the eyes to life. So refer to the reference photo below, as well as my step-by-step drawings, and let’s draw some eyes!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_863\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-863\" alt=\" © Pzaxe | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/pzaxe_info\">Pzaxe</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares across and 3 squares down. They can be any size you choose. Just make sure to use a ruler and make perfect squares if you are hoping for a more accurate drawing of the photograph. If you are good at sketching lines and can make boxes approximately the same size, that will work too for this drawing (since we are not trying to capture a likeness).\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-698\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p bride eyes grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Outline of the Eyes</h3>\r\nOnce again, if you are using your grid for accuracy, pay close attention to placement. For example, the corner of the bride’s left eye (right side of the drawing) is approximately at the imaginary center line of its grid box (lined up with the arrow). Also, notice how the widths of both eyes are the same, and there is about one eye-width between the two eyes. This is a standard rule of thumb for drawing eyes looking directly at you, no matter who you are drawing! You can also include the tear ducts at this point.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-709\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02p bride eyes outline\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 3: Upper Eyelids</h3>\r\nDraw a thin line above each eye’s outline to represent the eyelids. Draw lines from the outer corners that will lead to the brows. Draw lines from the inner corners to the upper bridge of the nose.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-710\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03p bride eyes upper lids\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Irises and Pupils</h3>\r\nUsing your grid and guidelines to help you, lightly sketch circles for the irises and pupils. If necessary, try a few times until you get satisfactory size and placement. Then, trace over them as carefully as you can to make them as round as possible. I like to use a <a title=\"Pickett Template 1204-i Circle Master\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pickett-template-1204-i-circle-master/\">circle template</a> to make this tracing easier and more accurate. Remember, too, to make smaller circles serving as highlights (or catchlights).\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-702\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04p bride eyes irises and pupils\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 5: Lower Eyelids</h3>\r\nRepeat the same process as you did for the upper eyelids to make the lower lids. Draw a thin line under the white part of the eye. This line is actually for the top rim of the lower eyelids, where we will place the lower eyelashes later. Underneath this, draw any characteristic lines that support the bottom of the eyeballs.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-703\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05p bride eyes lower lids\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 6: Surrounding Features</h3>\r\nDraw the eyebrows, bouquet, face, ear, hair, veil, and any other features that you want to include. Put as much or as little detail as you wish. You can just use simple shapes, especially for the bouquet. It is okay if some of the drawing extends outside of the grid squares.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-704\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06p bride eyes surrounding\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 7: Guidelines for Shading</h3>\r\nDraw light lines where you see shadows. The shading you will add later will provide form to the eyes and surrounding facial features.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-705\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07p bride eyes shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase Grid Lines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase the grid lines. Try to erase as much as you can without affecting the lines of the actual drawing. If you can still see some light lines (as indicated by the arrow), it’s not too big of a deal. You can mask them later with shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-706\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08p bride eyes erase\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 9: Shading and Details</h3>\r\nUse the lines you made earlier and the reference photo to add shading. Try to use soft strokes that go in the same direction as the surfaces you are shading. For the eyebrows, I lightly shade what was drawn before, and then I use short pencil lines to represent the individual hairs. Pay attention to direction, and notice how most but not all of the little hairs flow together. For the whites of the eyes, I almost always put a little bit of shading under the upper eyelids and some on each corner to give that spherical look to the eyeballs. Make the pupils as dark as you possibly can. For the iris, make the outer rim darker, and draw lines going toward the pupil. Leave the catchlights white by shading around them.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-707\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"09p bride eyes details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 10: Eyelashes</h3>\r\nI like to leave the eyelashes as the last step for the eyes. This way, I can have all of my desired shading complete and place the lashes over it, for a more natural appearance. Carefully trace part of the upper eyelid in dark black before placing the upper eyelashes. This will give them a certain thickness. Use fine pencil lines from the lids outward for each of the hairs (much like the eyebrows). Pay attention to direction, and make the lower eyelashes shorter.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-694\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\nYou may have heard it said that the eyes are the windows to the soul. That is why drawing eyes correctly is so vital for portrait artists. The eyes are a very important (if not the most important) part of capturing a subject’s true likeness. Apply what you learn from this drawing to other drawings like it that focus mainly on the eyes. Then, when you try to draw a familiar face, you will likely see a better resemblance in your work!','How to Draw Eyes of a Bride','','inherit','open','open','','271-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 08:05:54','2013-08-20 15:05:54','',271,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/271-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(874,2,'2015-07-15 14:52:49','2015-07-15 21:52:49','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\n\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? How do they make it look so easy? Are there complicated techniques involved? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. The more I learned, the more I realized that those techniques and concepts were not complicated at all, but rather simplistic. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several <strong>simple</strong> drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are <a title=\"The Drawing Tools of the Artist’s Trade\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/the-drawing-tools-of-the-artists-trade/\">several key drawing tools</a> that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\n\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\n\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/electric-eraser/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillions, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\n</ul>\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\n\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\n\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\n</b>\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\n\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\n\n• <strong>Stippling</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\n\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\n\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\n\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1248\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" height=\"450\" /></a></p>\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at angles that complement the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\n\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these simple drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-autosave-v1','','','2015-07-15 14:52:49','2015-07-15 21:52:49','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(875,2,'2013-12-30 17:09:45','2013-12-31 01:09:45','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" alt=\"artist pencils\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>\r\n\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-12-30 17:09:45','2013-12-31 01:09:45','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1249,2,'2014-06-24 09:28:01','2014-06-24 16:28:01','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Stippling</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1248\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" height=\"450\" /></a></p>\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2014-06-24 09:28:01','2014-06-24 16:28:01','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(877,2,'2013-12-30 18:05:07','2013-12-31 02:05:07','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" alt=\"artist pencils\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading1.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-876\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading1.jpg\" width=\"576\" height=\"432\" /></a></p>\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-12-30 18:05:07','2013-12-31 02:05:07','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(878,2,'2014-09-02 07:24:44','2014-09-02 14:24:44','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1451\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces simple tips\" width=\"1200\" height=\"800\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\r\n\r\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\r\n\r\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\r\n\r\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\r\n\r\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look.\r\n\r\nStarting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>But My Drawing Still Looks Nothing Like the Face I Wanted It to Look Like!</h3>\r\nIn this post, I shared just a few simple tips to help you with some of the beginning basics of drawing a face and the facial features properly. That said, there is a lot more to drawing the face than I can cover in this one post, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><em>especially</em></span> if you are striving to draw a face from a reference photo and you want the likeness to match that of the photo!\r\n\r\nIf you like the suggestions in this post but still want a faster and easier way to draw faces...that is also certain to have you end up with a better drawing in the end...\r\n\r\n...then I\'d like to share with you a special guide that I wrote titled <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">\"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a> <strong><em>(You can download this guide for <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">free</span> when you sign up for my newsletter).</em></strong> It provides information on a very effective technique with thorough details and examples that will have you drawing any face from any reference photo, perfectly proportioned and having a true likeness to your subject.\r\n\r\nYou will also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">see how to get more detailed, realistic-looking facial features</a> with your initial line drawing. Here is an example of a reference photo of a woman\'s eyes, followed by my rendering.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1444\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes photo\" width=\"800\" height=\"358\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1445\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a>\r\n\r\nA line drawing is typically the first (and most important) step before adding shading to a portrait to make it as realistic as possible. If your initial line drawing is already detailed and accurate, that makes your final portrait that much more convincing.\r\n\r\nA line drawing can also stand alone as artwork of its own!\r\n\r\nAfter drawing for 15 years, I learned this incredibly simple method that had me immediately drawing better, literally overnight! I will teach you to do the same.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on paper to appear as you want them to appear.\r\n\r\nHowever, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others.\r\n\r\nBe an observer of life. Implement the simple tips on this page while you keep practicing. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">Seek more effective techniques</a> when you are ready. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','publish','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-tips-techniques-and-short-tutorials','','','2015-07-08 00:06:22','2015-07-08 07:06:22','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=878',0,'post','',4),(881,2,'2014-01-04 06:58:02','2014-01-04 14:58:02','','how to draw faces female face','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-female-face','','','2014-01-04 06:58:02','2014-01-04 14:58:02','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(879,2,'2014-01-01 22:23:45','2014-01-02 06:23:45','[*****DT male face*****]The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nDrawing a Face... Any Face\r\n\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nUnderstanding Proportion\r\n\r\n[*****DT ruler on face*****]The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****features guidelines*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA tip: From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Faces Using Profiles\r\n\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****straight on, profile, three quarters*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Eyes\r\n\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Noses\r\n\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"></p>\r\nTip: Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Ears\r\n\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Lips\r\n\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTip: Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nPerfecting the Human Face\r\n\r\n[*****DT female face*****]The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-01 22:23:45','2014-01-02 06:23:45','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(880,2,'2014-01-01 22:24:01','2014-01-02 06:24:01','[*****DT male face*****]The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nDrawing a Face... Any Face\r\n\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nUnderstanding Proportion\r\n\r\n[*****DT ruler on face*****]The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****features guidelines*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA tip: From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Faces Using Profiles\r\n\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****straight on, profile, three quarters*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Eyes\r\n\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Noses\r\n\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\nTip: Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Ears\r\n\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Lips\r\n\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTip: Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nPerfecting the Human Face\r\n\r\n[*****DT female face*****]The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-01 22:24:01','2014-01-02 06:24:01','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(882,2,'2014-01-04 06:58:04','2014-01-04 14:58:04','','how to draw faces male face','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-male-face','','','2014-01-04 06:58:04','2014-01-04 14:58:04','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(883,2,'2014-01-04 06:58:05','2014-01-04 14:58:05','','how to draw faces measure','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-measure','','','2014-01-04 06:58:05','2014-01-04 14:58:05','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(884,2,'2014-01-04 06:58:07','2014-01-04 14:58:07','','how to draw faces three profiles','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-three-profiles','','','2014-01-04 06:58:07','2014-01-04 14:58:07','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-three-profiles.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(885,2,'2014-01-04 07:03:47','2014-01-04 15:03:47','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****features guidelines*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA tip: From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\nNote: Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****straight on, profile, three quarters*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\nTip: Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTip: Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-881\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-04 07:03:47','2014-01-04 15:03:47','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(886,2,'2014-01-04 08:07:11','2014-01-04 16:07:11','','three views of faces','','inherit','open','open','','three-views-of-faces','','','2014-01-04 08:07:11','2014-01-04 16:07:11','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(887,2,'2014-01-04 08:09:19','2014-01-04 16:09:19','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****features guidelines*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA tip: From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\nNote: Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>Next, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\nTip: Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTip: Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-04 08:09:19','2014-01-04 16:09:19','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(892,2,'2014-01-12 21:04:36','2014-01-13 05:04:36','','how to draw faces eyes','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-eyes','','','2014-01-12 21:04:36','2014-01-13 05:04:36','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(891,2,'2014-01-12 21:03:19','2014-01-13 05:03:19','','how to draw faces guidelines','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-guidelines','','','2014-01-12 21:03:19','2014-01-13 05:03:19','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(890,2,'2014-01-12 17:17:34','2014-01-13 01:17:34','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-889\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>Next, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-12 17:17:34','2014-01-13 01:17:34','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(893,2,'2014-01-12 21:07:16','2014-01-13 05:07:16','','how to draw faces nose','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-nose','','','2014-01-12 21:07:16','2014-01-13 05:07:16','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(894,2,'2014-01-12 21:08:55','2014-01-13 05:08:55','','how to draw faces ear','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-ear','','','2014-01-12 21:08:55','2014-01-13 05:08:55','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(895,2,'2014-01-12 21:09:44','2014-01-13 05:09:44','','how to draw faces lips','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-lips','','','2014-01-12 21:09:44','2014-01-13 05:09:44','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(896,2,'2014-01-12 21:11:16','2014-01-13 05:11:16','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>Next, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" width=\"736\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-12 21:11:16','2014-01-13 05:11:16','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(897,2,'2014-01-12 21:18:30','2014-01-13 05:18:30','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-12 21:18:30','2014-01-13 05:18:30','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(898,2,'2014-01-12 21:24:44','2014-01-13 05:24:44','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-12 21:24:44','2014-01-13 05:24:44','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(900,2,'2014-01-19 00:21:31','2014-01-19 08:21:31','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/cpQDGSG_9qk?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1135\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"456\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1135\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\" alt=\"© Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"456\" height=\"686\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone wp-image-902\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Detailed Speed Drawing of Elderly Man in a Hat','','publish','open','open','','detailed-speed-drawing-of-elderly-man-in-a-hat','','','2015-07-26 18:52:51','2015-07-27 01:52:51','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=900',0,'post','',0),(1135,2,'2014-06-08 20:43:12','2014-06-09 03:43:12','','elderly man in hat reference','<strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>','inherit','open','open','','1135','','','2014-06-08 20:43:12','2014-06-09 03:43:12','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(902,2,'2014-01-18 23:52:12','2014-01-19 07:52:12','','elderly man in hat','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/detailed-speed-drawing-of-elderly-man-in-a-hat\">\"Elderly Man in a Hat\" by Jack Pearce</a>','inherit','open','open','','elderly-man-in-hat','','','2015-01-08 20:21:30','2015-01-09 04:21:30','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1122,2,'2014-06-08 20:48:15','2014-06-09 03:48:15','<iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/cpQDGSG_9qk?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe>\n\nHere is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_1135\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"378\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1135\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-199x300.jpg\" alt=\"© Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"378\" height=\"568\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Detailed Speed Drawing of Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-autosave-v1','','','2014-06-08 20:48:15','2014-06-09 03:48:15','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(905,2,'2014-01-19 00:04:11','2014-01-19 08:04:11','Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-01-19 00:04:11','2014-01-19 08:04:11','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(904,2,'2014-01-19 00:02:42','2014-01-19 08:02:42','Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\">[video width=\"1280\" height=\"720\" mp4=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.mp4\"][/video]</p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-01-19 00:02:42','2014-01-19 08:02:42','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(907,2,'2014-01-19 01:03:41','2014-01-19 09:03:41','','elderly man in hat','','inherit','open','open','','elderly-man-in-hat-2','','','2014-01-19 01:03:41','2014-01-19 09:03:41','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.mp4',0,'attachment','video/mp4',0),(1126,2,'2014-06-05 04:05:24','2014-06-05 11:05:24','If you can watch an artist at work, even better. How an artist starts and fleshes out his work can be especially informative since you learn specific techniques to create particular results. Learn to observe carefully.','Learn to Draw People Using Drawing Videos','','inherit','open','open','','1072-revision-v1','','','2014-06-05 04:05:24','2014-06-05 11:05:24','',1072,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1072-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1125,2,'2014-06-05 04:04:21','2014-06-05 11:04:21','If you can watch an artist at work, even better. How an artist starts and fleshes out his work can be especially informative since you learn specific techniques to create particular results. Learn to observe carefully.\r\n\r\n<iframe width=\"640\" height=\"480\" src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/PjHB_fm1VTA?rel=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen></iframe>','Learn to Draw People Using Drawing Videos','','inherit','open','open','','1072-revision-v1','','','2014-06-05 04:04:21','2014-06-05 11:04:21','',1072,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1072-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(908,2,'2014-01-19 01:12:43','2014-01-19 09:12:43','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/1e77dOOtUCk?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-01-19 01:12:43','2014-01-19 09:12:43','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(909,2,'2014-02-12 20:00:19','2014-02-13 04:00:19','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n<h3><b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b></h3>\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n<h3><b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b></h3>\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n<h3><b>The Basic Sketch</b></h3>\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n<h3><b>More than Just Bones</b></h3>\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Arms</b></h3>\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Hands</b></h3>\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Legs</b></h3>\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Feet</b></h3>\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>Practice Makes Perfect</b></h3>\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','publish','open','open','','keeping-it-simple-the-straight-forward-step-by-step-guide-to-drawing-the-body','','','2015-07-19 20:20:20','2015-07-20 03:20:20','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=909',0,'post','',6),(910,2,'2014-01-21 06:29:08','2014-01-21 14:29:08','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/tuWnw0vcffg?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-01-21 06:29:08','2014-01-21 14:29:08','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(912,2,'2014-02-04 22:04:10','2014-02-05 06:04:10','<center><iframe width=\"640\" height=\"360\" src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/nZo5jTZLctg?rel=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen></iframe></center>\r\nHere is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-02-04 22:04:10','2014-02-05 06:04:10','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(914,2,'2014-02-06 07:23:56','2014-02-06 15:23:56','<center><iframe width=\"640\" height=\"360\" src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/cpQDGSG_9qk?rel=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen></iframe></center>\r\n\r\nHere is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-02-06 07:23:56','2014-02-06 15:23:56','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(917,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:27','2014-02-13 03:44:27','','01 how to draw the body head and neck','','inherit','open','open','','01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck','','','2014-02-12 19:44:27','2014-02-13 03:44:27','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(916,2,'2014-02-12 05:13:13','2014-02-12 13:13:13','<b>Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body</b>\r\n\r\nKnown for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n\r\n<b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b>\r\n\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n\r\n<b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b>\r\n\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n\r\n<b>The Basic Sketch</b>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****head and neck on wide ruled lined paper*****]</p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upside down triangle*****]</p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****groin*****]</p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper thighs*****]</p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****lower thighs*****]</p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****lower legs*****]</p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****feet*****]</p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****Billy in ovals, triangles, and circles*****]</p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n\r\n<b>More than Just Bones</b>\r\n\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****shaped torso and neck*****]</p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Arms</b>\r\n\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****right arm with circles, left arm w/ erased guidelines*****]</p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Hands</b>\r\n\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****right hand with circles, left hand w/ erased guidelines*****]</p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Legs</b>\r\n\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****right leg with circles, left leg w/ erased guidelines*****]</p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Feet</b>\r\n\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****Billy*****]</p>\r\n<b>Practice Makes Perfect</b>\r\n\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-02-12 05:13:13','2014-02-12 13:13:13','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(918,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:29','2014-02-13 03:44:29','','02 how to draw the body triangle','','inherit','open','open','','02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle','','','2014-02-12 19:44:29','2014-02-13 03:44:29','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(919,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:30','2014-02-13 03:44:30','','03 how to draw the body pelvis','','inherit','open','open','','03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis','','','2014-02-12 19:44:30','2014-02-13 03:44:30','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(920,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:31','2014-02-13 03:44:31','','04 how to draw the body upper thighs','','inherit','open','open','','04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs','','','2014-02-12 19:44:31','2014-02-13 03:44:31','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(921,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:33','2014-02-13 03:44:33','','05 how to draw the body lower thighs','','inherit','open','open','','05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs','','','2014-02-12 19:44:33','2014-02-13 03:44:33','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(922,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:35','2014-02-13 03:44:35','','06 how to draw the body lower legs','','inherit','open','open','','06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs','','','2014-02-12 19:44:35','2014-02-13 03:44:35','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(923,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:36','2014-02-13 03:44:36','','07 how to draw the body feet','','inherit','open','open','','07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet','','','2014-02-12 19:44:36','2014-02-13 03:44:36','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(924,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:37','2014-02-13 03:44:37','','08 how to draw the body arms','','inherit','open','open','','08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms','','','2014-02-12 19:44:37','2014-02-13 03:44:37','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(925,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:39','2014-02-13 03:44:39','','09 how to draw the body torso','','inherit','open','open','','09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso','','','2014-02-12 19:44:39','2014-02-13 03:44:39','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(926,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:40','2014-02-13 03:44:40','','10 how to draw the body arms','','inherit','open','open','','10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms','','','2014-02-12 19:44:40','2014-02-13 03:44:40','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(927,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:41','2014-02-13 03:44:41','','11 how to draw the body hands','','inherit','open','open','','11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands','','','2014-02-12 19:44:41','2014-02-13 03:44:41','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(928,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:43','2014-02-13 03:44:43','','12 how to draw the body legs','','inherit','open','open','','12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs','','','2014-02-12 19:44:43','2014-02-13 03:44:43','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(929,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:44','2014-02-13 03:44:44','','13 how to draw the body billy','','inherit','open','open','','13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy','','','2014-02-12 19:44:44','2014-02-13 03:44:44','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(930,2,'2014-02-12 19:49:43','2014-02-13 03:49:43','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n\r\n<b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b>\r\n\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n\r\n<b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b>\r\n\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n\r\n<b>The Basic Sketch</b>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n\r\n<b>More than Just Bones</b>\r\n\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Arms</b>\r\n\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Hands</b>\r\n\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Legs</b>\r\n\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Feet</b>\r\n\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>Practice Makes Perfect</b>\r\n\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-02-12 19:49:43','2014-02-13 03:49:43','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(931,2,'2014-02-12 19:51:44','2014-02-13 03:51:44','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n<h2><b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b></h2>\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n<h3><b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b></h3>\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n\r\n<b>The Basic Sketch</b>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n\r\n<b>More than Just Bones</b>\r\n\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Arms</b>\r\n\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Hands</b>\r\n\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Legs</b>\r\n\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Feet</b>\r\n\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>Practice Makes Perfect</b>\r\n\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-02-12 19:51:44','2014-02-13 03:51:44','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(932,2,'2014-02-12 19:52:26','2014-02-13 03:52:26','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n<h1><b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b></h1>\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n<h3><b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b></h3>\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n\r\n<b>The Basic Sketch</b>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n\r\n<b>More than Just Bones</b>\r\n\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Arms</b>\r\n\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Hands</b>\r\n\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Legs</b>\r\n\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Feet</b>\r\n\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>Practice Makes Perfect</b>\r\n\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-02-12 19:52:26','2014-02-13 03:52:26','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(933,2,'2014-02-12 20:00:19','2014-02-13 04:00:19','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n<h3><b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b></h3>\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n<h3><b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b></h3>\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n<h3><b>The Basic Sketch</b></h3>\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n<h3><b>More than Just Bones</b></h3>\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Arms</b></h3>\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Hands</b></h3>\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Legs</b></h3>\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Feet</b></h3>\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>Practice Makes Perfect</b></h3>\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-02-12 20:00:19','2014-02-13 04:00:19','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(935,2,'2014-03-04 00:35:16','2014-03-04 08:35:16','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-938\" alt=\"how to draw clothes clothed figure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure-211x300.jpg\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /></a>While sketching portraits is all about capturing the facial structure and its emotions in a realistic manner, drawing people requires you to not only focus on the human frame and posture, but also learn how to draw clothes, as well as how to draw shoes and other accessories to render a complete image. Drawing picture-perfect clothing is about the design, fabric and its texture, and the multitude of creases, wrinkles or folds that reflect the true state of a real-life or fictitious character.\r\n\r\n\"Clothes maketh the man,\" said Shakespeare. Extending the same quote to the art of sketching, clothes add life to an image. Learning how to draw a shirt, for instance, will come in handy to quickly differentiate between a formal shirt on a working executive, a creased uniform on a service provider, or a casual shirt on a teenager - just to mention a few of the possible variations.\r\n\r\nHere are a few things to decide upfront before you attempt this exercise:\r\n\r\n• Is your character fictional or a real-life person?\r\n\r\n• Are you sketching a male, female, or a child?\r\n\r\n• Are you trying to design new clothing or simply attempting to clothe your characters using available designs?\r\n\r\n• What is the purpose of the clothing, occasion, or situation?\r\n\r\nThese help finalize how exactly you can proceed to clothe your character. That said, let\'s move on to learn how to draw clothes that go well with a chosen character or image.\r\n<h3>Start with the Frame and Posture</h3>\r\nOne effective way to start practicing is with the outline of a form and its posture. To begin this lesson, sketch a rough outline of a person or people. You can sketch poses from your imagination and use reference photos for the clothes, or use a reference photo for the whole thing.\r\n\r\nIf you are looking to draw from a photograph, place the photograph against a natural light source and trace out the outline. In the example below, I used the following photo to trace outlines of the two people.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-939\" alt=\"how to draw clothes from photograph\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\" width=\"319\" height=\"480\" /></a></p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-944\" alt=\"how to draw clothes outline\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg\" width=\"330\" height=\"401\" /></a></p>\r\nThese are your basic body shapes which you will be looking to drape or clothe. What we will do is start very basic and then gradually add layers of detail.\r\n<h3>Decide on the Design</h3>\r\nBeginners can safely opt to mimic tried and tested clothing designs on their characters before attempting to get creative. Draw out your design on the body shapes to fit the apparel on the forms. Take care to stick to a line diagram to keep the design simple. You can, of course, get creative once the basics are in place.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-942\" alt=\"how to draw clothes design\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg\" width=\"312\" height=\"381\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Move on to Details</h3>\r\nThe posture of the characters - to a great extent - decides on the direction of detailing on the clothes. Begin adding noticeable folds to the fabric. Minor details such as the positioning of the accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc. help add some relief and movement to the fabric. The more detail you add to the clothes, the more realistic the appearance becomes.\r\n\r\nThe key here is to simply ignore any overlaps of lines until the final detail is ready. Once you\'ve finalized your fabric and direction of movement, other lines can be erased or covered eventually.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-943\" alt=\"how to draw clothes detail\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg\" width=\"324\" height=\"386\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Understanding Fabric and Folds</h3>\r\nIt is definitely easy to clothe your character in a simple sleeveless/sleeved top and a pencil skirt or trouser. If you are looking for some realistic effects, then you will realize that folds and creases are an integral part of clothing.\r\n\r\nPleats, folds and frills are an important aspect of dress design. On the other hand, the drape, the wrinkles and the fall relate to the use of clothing. Capturing all these aspects in a drawing requires an understanding of the different fabric types and fold patterns.\r\n\r\nThere are, in fact, seven different basic types of folds:\r\n\r\n• Pipe\r\n\r\n• Zigzag\r\n\r\n• Half-Lock\r\n\r\n• Spiral\r\n\r\n• Diaper\r\n\r\n• Drop\r\n\r\n• Inert\r\n<h4>Pipe</h4>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The most regular of folds, these are seen in both clothing and curtains, in the form of either stretched or relaxed variants. These are pleated fabrics - either held neatly or gathered at the top - forming piped folds. Pleated skirts, or garments gathered at the waist feature this type of folds. Stretched-piped folds are created when the fabric is gathered at two ends, somewhat similar to a wrap around the neck. Simply mimic a pleated curtain or a pegged towel to feature this effect on your clothing.</p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-pipe-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-950 aligncenter\" alt=\"how to draw clothes pipe folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-pipe-folds.jpg\" width=\"292\" height=\"469\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Zigzag</h4>\r\nCommonly found in bent tubular clothes, zigzag folds occur on the bends on the sleeves of shirts and coats, as well as behind the knees of pants. Heavy fabric tends to result in distinctly sharp folds, over time. A couple of well-positioned zigzag lines with appropriate shading will help you achieve this effect.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-zigzag-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-952\" alt=\"how to draw clothes zigzag folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-zigzag-folds.jpg\" width=\"216\" height=\"458\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Half-Lock</h4>\r\nHalf-lock folds are found in the very same places as the zigzags, bent sleeves or knees, just that the fabric tends to fold over itself rather than stand out sharply. A slightly rolling curve is all that is needed to render a half-lock fold on the clothing. They are, in fact, more visible from the side or even the front, as the folds slip beyond the outer edge of the garment.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-half-lock-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-948\" alt=\"how to draw clothes half lock folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-half-lock-folds.jpg\" width=\"228\" height=\"265\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Spiral</h4>\r\nSpiral folds, true to their name, occur when tubular objects are fitted with long and round fabric. Common examples are curtains that are put up on rods, as well as long sleeves and pants on the human form, or even waistbands with elastic bands or drawcords within them. You can observe this effect by simply pushing up the sleeves of your sweaters or full-arm shirts. The softer the material, the more pronounced is the spiral formation. This effect again is quite easy to mimic.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-spiral-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-951\" alt=\"how to draw clothes spiral folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-spiral-folds.jpg\" width=\"247\" height=\"406\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Diaper</h4>\r\nDiaper folds are the result of a fabric being supported from two points or areas, very similar to a towel pegged to the clothesline using two clips on either end. The fabric between these support points tends to sag towards the center, with folds originating from either side. A distinct classic medieval look, Grecian necklines are still very much in vogue. The effect can be more pronounced when more fabric is gathered at either ends, or with triangular-shaped fabric. Mimic the folds of a military scarf for a diaper fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-diaper-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-946\" alt=\"how to draw clothes diaper folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-diaper-folds.jpg\" width=\"242\" height=\"416\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Drop</h4>\r\nDrop folds are those that originate when a fabric hangs from a single support point, resulting in either a simple single conical fold, or multiple folds that make for elaborate patterns. A typical example of a conical fold that comes to mind is the impeccably folded table napkins at posh restaurants. Simply holding up a kitchen towel or a handkerchief is also a good way to mimic a drop fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-drop-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-947\" alt=\"how to draw clothes drop folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-drop-folds.jpg\" width=\"257\" height=\"437\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Inert</h4>\r\nInert folds are characteristics of large masses of fabric; the more heavy and bulky, the more folds there are. These help create a story or a situation from a pile of otherwise static fabric on the floor or bed. Every time, the same piece of fabric can sport a unique fold pattern, suggestive of a different situation that has already occurred. Folds can also be used to depict any underlying structures, as the fabric tends to take up the shape of these structures.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-inert-fold.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-949\" alt=\"how to draw clothes inert fold\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-inert-fold.jpg\" width=\"308\" height=\"311\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Adding Details to Clothing</h3>\r\nWith this basic understanding on the types of folds, you will definitely find it easier to achieve the required effect based on your character\'s posture and the chosen outfit. Depending on the type of fabric you choose for the clothing, the folds and wrinkles can either be more pronounced or subtle. Take care to enhance the sharpness of the folds and creases for bulk, heavy fabrics. Make them crisp in lighter fabrics and tone them down in case of fragile, soft material, for a true-to-life effect.\r\n<h3>Accessorize Clothing</h3>\r\nShoes, belts, ties, scarves, bling and handbags are just but a few accessories that compliment clothing to create a great appearance. Your images, too, may be a tad incomplete without these accessories, if and only if the situation warrants it, or you are planning on some satirical or comic renderings.\r\n\r\nEither way, learning how to draw shoes is an equally interesting and relatively easier experience, as you concentrate only on the structure of the feet, at least during the learning phase. Here again, the stance and the type of the shoe are two basic factors that need focus. The learning process again remains the same. Trace a basic outline of the feet, make alterations as needed, add a few details, and fit in the shoe of your choice.\r\n\r\nPractice is the key to mastering how to draw clothes. Simply use a reference grid to sketch out the body shape of a model from your favorite magazine or snap, and follow these guidelines to reproduce the image to the T.','Picture Perfect Clothing - A Beginner\'s Guide to Sketching Clothes','','publish','open','open','','picture-perfect-clothing-a-beginners-guide-to-sketching-clothes','','','2014-03-04 00:35:16','2014-03-04 08:35:16','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=935',0,'post','',5),(936,2,'2014-03-03 20:50:17','2014-03-04 04:50:17','[*****DT portrait of a senior man*****]While sketching portraits is all about capturing the facial structure and its emotions in a realistic manner, drawing people requires you to not only focus on the human frame and posture, but also learn how to draw clothes, as well as how to draw shoes and other accessories to render a complete image. Drawing picture-perfect clothing is about the design, fabric and its texture, and the multitude of creases, wrinkles or folds that reflect the true state of a real-life or fictitious character.\r\n\r\n\"Clothes maketh the man,\" said Shakespeare. Extending the same quote to the art of sketching, clothes add life to an image. Learning how to draw a shirt, for instance, will come in handy to quickly differentiate between a formal shirt on a working executive, a creased uniform on a service provider, or a casual shirt on a teenager - just to mention a few of the possible variations.\r\n\r\nHere are a few things to decide upfront before you attempt this exercise:\r\n\r\n• Is your character fictional or a real-life person?\r\n\r\n• Are you sketching a male, female, or a child?\r\n\r\n• Are you trying to design new clothing or simply attempting to clothe your characters using available designs?\r\n\r\n• What is the purpose of the clothing, occasion, or situation?\r\n\r\nThese help finalize how exactly you can proceed to clothe your character. That said, let\'s move on to learn how to draw clothes that go well with a chosen character or image.\r\n\r\nStart with the Frame and Posture\r\n\r\nOne first step is to start with the outline of a form and its posture. If you have already sketched out the frame and posture, simply make a copy of it to try out this lesson.\r\n\r\nIf you are looking to draw from a photograph, place the photograph against a natural light source and trace out the outline. In this example we have the outlines of two forms.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****DT business woman and man team*****]</p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****outline of figures*****]</p>\r\nThis is your basic body shape which you will be looking to drape or clothe.\r\n\r\nDecide on the Design\r\n\r\nBeginners can safely opt to mimic tried and tested clothing designs on their characters, before attempting to get creative. Draw out your design on the body shape, to fit the apparel on the form. Take care to stick to a line diagram to keep the design simple. You can, of course, get creative once the basics are in place.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****figures w/line diagram of clothes design*****]</p>\r\n Move on to Minor Details\r\n\r\nThe posture of the character - to a great extent - decides on the direction of detailing on the clothes. Minor details such as the positioning of the accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc. help add some relief and movement to the fabric. A light breeze can, in fact, be depicted in a slight movement of a flimsy fabric! You can achieve this effect by adding some detail beyond the basic outline of the dress traced earlier.\r\n\r\nThe key here is to simply ignore any overlaps of lines until the final detail is ready. Once you\'ve finalized your fabric and direction of movement, other lines can be erased or covered eventually.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****figures w/details and accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc*****]</p>\r\n Understanding Fabric and Folds\r\n\r\nIt is definitely easy to clothe your character in a simple sleeveless/sleeved top and a pencil skirt or trouser. If you are looking for some realistic effects, then you will realize that folds and creases are an integral part of clothing.\r\n\r\nPleats, folds and frills are an important aspect of dress design. On the other hand, the drape, the wrinkles and the fall relate to the use of clothing. Capturing all these aspects in a drawing requires an understanding of the different fabric types and fold patterns.\r\n\r\nThere are, in fact, seven different basic types of folds:\r\n\r\n• Pipe\r\n\r\n• Zigzag\r\n\r\n• Half-Lock\r\n\r\n• Spiral\r\n\r\n• Diaper\r\n\r\n• Drop\r\n\r\n• Inert\r\n\r\nPipe\r\n\r\nThe most regular of folds, these are seen in both clothing and curtains, in the form of either stretched or relaxed variants. These are pleated fabrics - either held neatly or gathered at the top - forming piped folds. Pleated skirts, or garments gathered at the waist feature this type of folds. Stretched-piped folds are created when the fabric is gathered at two ends, somewhat similar to a wrap around the neck. Simply mimic a pleated curtain or a pegged towel to feature this effect on your clothing.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> Try “clothing sketch” search: DT?? OR [*****pipe fold sketch on skirt vilppustore.com*****]</p>\r\nZigzag\r\n\r\nCommonly found in bent tubular clothes, zigzag folds occur on the bends on the sleeves of shirts and coats, as well as behind the knees of pants. Heavy fabric tends to result in distinctly sharp folds, over time. A couple of well-positioned zigzag lines with appropriate shading will help you achieve this effect.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****zigzag fold sketch on inner elbow/knee artmideast top right pic*****]</p>\r\nHalf-Lock\r\n\r\nHalf-lock folds are found in the very same places as the zigzags, bent sleeves or knees, just that the fabric tends to fold over itself rather than stand out sharply. A slightly rolling curve is all that is needed to render a half-lock fold on the clothing. They are, in fact, more visible from the side or even the front, as the folds slip beyond the outer edge of the garment.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****half-lock fold sketch on inner elbow from side p55 center pic*****]</p>\r\nSpiral\r\n\r\nSpiral folds, true to their name, occur when tubular objects are fitted with long and round fabric. Common examples are curtains that are put up on rods, as well as long sleeves and pants on the human form, or even waistbands with elastic bands or drawcords within them. You can observe this effect by simply pushing up the sleeves of your sweaters or full-arm shirts. The softer the material, the more pronounced is the spiral formation. This effect again is quite easy to mimic.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****spiral fold sketch on bended arm  p55 top left pic*****]</p>\r\nDiaper\r\n\r\nDiaper folds are the result of a fabric being supported from two points or areas, very similar to a towel pegged to the clothesline using two clips on either end. The fabric between these support points tends to sag towards the center, with folds originating from either side. A distinct classic medieval look, Grecian necklines are still very much in vogue. The effect can be more pronounced when more fabric is gathered at either ends, or with triangular-shaped fabric. Mimic the folds of a military scarf for a diaper fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****diaper fold sketch on military scarf tacticsupplies.com colin farrell*****]</p>\r\nDrop\r\n\r\nDrop folds are those that originate when a fabric hangs from a single support point, resulting in either a simple single conical fold, or multiple folds that make for elaborate patterns. A typical example of a conical fold that comes to mind is the impeccably folded table napkins at posh restaurants. Simply holding up a kitchen towel or a handkerchief is also a good way to mimic a drop fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****drop fold sketch on blazer p55 top right pic*****]</p>\r\nInert\r\n\r\nInert folds are characteristics of large masses of fabric; the more heavy and bulky, the more folds there are. These help create a story or a situation from a pile of otherwise static fabric on the floor or bed. Every time, the same piece of fabric can sport a unique fold pattern, suggestive of a different situation that has already occurred. Folds can also be used to depict any underlying structures, as the fabric tends to take up the shape of these structures. Inert folds on clothing may not be relevant in this context, though.\r\n<p align=\"center\">DT?? OR [*****inert fold sketch on handkerchief still life*****]</p>\r\nAdding Details to Clothing\r\n\r\nWith this basic understanding on the types of folds, you will definitely find it easier to achieve the required effect based on your character\'s posture and the chosen outfit. Depending on the type of fabric you choose for the clothing, the folds and wrinkles can either be more pronounced or subtle. Take care to enhance the sharpness of the folds and creases for bulk, heavy fabrics. Make them crisp in lighter fabrics and tone them down in case of fragile, soft material, for a true-to-life effect.\r\n\r\nAccessorize Clothing\r\n\r\nShoes, belts, ties, scarves, bling and handbags are just but a few accessories that compliment clothing to create a great appearance. Your images, too, may be a tad incomplete without these accessories, if and only if the situation warrants it, or you are planning on some satirical or comic renderings.\r\n\r\nEither way, learning how to draw shoes is an equally interesting and relatively easier experience, as you concentrate only on the structure of the feet, at least during the learning phase. Here again, the stance and the type of the shoe are two basic factors that need focus. The learning process again remains the same. Trace a basic outline of the feet, make alterations as needed, add a few details, and fit in the shoe of your choice.\r\n\r\nPractice is the key to mastering how to draw clothes. Simply use a reference grid to sketch out the body shape of a model from your favorite magazine or snap, and follow these guidelines to reproduce the image to the T.','Picture Perfect Clothing - A Beginner\'s Guide to Sketching Clothes','','inherit','open','open','','935-revision-v1','','','2014-03-03 20:50:17','2014-03-04 04:50:17','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/935-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(937,2,'2014-03-03 21:23:41','2014-03-04 05:23:41','[*****DT portrait of a senior man*****]While sketching portraits is all about capturing the facial structure and its emotions in a realistic manner, drawing people requires you to not only focus on the human frame and posture, but also learn how to draw clothes, as well as how to draw shoes and other accessories to render a complete image. Drawing picture-perfect clothing is about the design, fabric and its texture, and the multitude of creases, wrinkles or folds that reflect the true state of a real-life or fictitious character.\r\n\r\n\"Clothes maketh the man,\" said Shakespeare. Extending the same quote to the art of sketching, clothes add life to an image. Learning how to draw a shirt, for instance, will come in handy to quickly differentiate between a formal shirt on a working executive, a creased uniform on a service provider, or a casual shirt on a teenager - just to mention a few of the possible variations.\r\n\r\nHere are a few things to decide upfront before you attempt this exercise:\r\n\r\n• Is your character fictional or a real-life person?\r\n\r\n• Are you sketching a male, female, or a child?\r\n\r\n• Are you trying to design new clothing or simply attempting to clothe your characters using available designs?\r\n\r\n• What is the purpose of the clothing, occasion, or situation?\r\n\r\nThese help finalize how exactly you can proceed to clothe your character. That said, let\'s move on to learn how to draw clothes that go well with a chosen character or image.\r\n<h3>Start with the Frame and Posture</h3>\r\nOne first step is to start with the outline of a form and its posture. If you have already sketched out the frame and posture, simply make a copy of it to try out this lesson.\r\n\r\nIf you are looking to draw from a photograph, place the photograph against a natural light source and trace out the outline. In this example we have the outlines of two forms.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****DT business woman and man team*****]</p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****outline of figures*****]</p>\r\nThis is your basic body shape which you will be looking to drape or clothe.\r\n<h3>Decide on the Design</h3>\r\nBeginners can safely opt to mimic tried and tested clothing designs on their characters, before attempting to get creative. Draw out your design on the body shape, to fit the apparel on the form. Take care to stick to a line diagram to keep the design simple. You can, of course, get creative once the basics are in place.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****figures w/line diagram of clothes design*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3> Move on to Minor Details</h3>\r\nThe posture of the character - to a great extent - decides on the direction of detailing on the clothes. Minor details such as the positioning of the accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc. help add some relief and movement to the fabric. A light breeze can, in fact, be depicted in a slight movement of a flimsy fabric! You can achieve this effect by adding some detail beyond the basic outline of the dress traced earlier.\r\n\r\nThe key here is to simply ignore any overlaps of lines until the final detail is ready. Once you\'ve finalized your fabric and direction of movement, other lines can be erased or covered eventually.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****figures w/details and accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3> Understanding Fabric and Folds</h3>\r\nIt is definitely easy to clothe your character in a simple sleeveless/sleeved top and a pencil skirt or trouser. If you are looking for some realistic effects, then you will realize that folds and creases are an integral part of clothing.\r\n\r\nPleats, folds and frills are an important aspect of dress design. On the other hand, the drape, the wrinkles and the fall relate to the use of clothing. Capturing all these aspects in a drawing requires an understanding of the different fabric types and fold patterns.\r\n\r\nThere are, in fact, seven different basic types of folds:\r\n\r\n• Pipe\r\n\r\n• Zigzag\r\n\r\n• Half-Lock\r\n\r\n• Spiral\r\n\r\n• Diaper\r\n\r\n• Drop\r\n\r\n• Inert\r\n<h4>Pipe</h4>\r\nThe most regular of folds, these are seen in both clothing and curtains, in the form of either stretched or relaxed variants. These are pleated fabrics - either held neatly or gathered at the top - forming piped folds. Pleated skirts, or garments gathered at the waist feature this type of folds. Stretched-piped folds are created when the fabric is gathered at two ends, somewhat similar to a wrap around the neck. Simply mimic a pleated curtain or a pegged towel to feature this effect on your clothing.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> Try “clothing sketch” search: DT?? OR [*****pipe fold sketch on skirt vilppustore.com*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Zigzag</h4>\r\nCommonly found in bent tubular clothes, zigzag folds occur on the bends on the sleeves of shirts and coats, as well as behind the knees of pants. Heavy fabric tends to result in distinctly sharp folds, over time. A couple of well-positioned zigzag lines with appropriate shading will help you achieve this effect.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****zigzag fold sketch on inner elbow/knee artmideast top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Half-Lock</h4>\r\nHalf-lock folds are found in the very same places as the zigzags, bent sleeves or knees, just that the fabric tends to fold over itself rather than stand out sharply. A slightly rolling curve is all that is needed to render a half-lock fold on the clothing. They are, in fact, more visible from the side or even the front, as the folds slip beyond the outer edge of the garment.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****half-lock fold sketch on inner elbow from side p55 center pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Spiral</h4>\r\nSpiral folds, true to their name, occur when tubular objects are fitted with long and round fabric. Common examples are curtains that are put up on rods, as well as long sleeves and pants on the human form, or even waistbands with elastic bands or drawcords within them. You can observe this effect by simply pushing up the sleeves of your sweaters or full-arm shirts. The softer the material, the more pronounced is the spiral formation. This effect again is quite easy to mimic.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****spiral fold sketch on bended arm  p55 top left pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Diaper</h4>\r\nDiaper folds are the result of a fabric being supported from two points or areas, very similar to a towel pegged to the clothesline using two clips on either end. The fabric between these support points tends to sag towards the center, with folds originating from either side. A distinct classic medieval look, Grecian necklines are still very much in vogue. The effect can be more pronounced when more fabric is gathered at either ends, or with triangular-shaped fabric. Mimic the folds of a military scarf for a diaper fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****diaper fold sketch on military scarf tacticsupplies.com colin farrell*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Drop</h4>\r\nDrop folds are those that originate when a fabric hangs from a single support point, resulting in either a simple single conical fold, or multiple folds that make for elaborate patterns. A typical example of a conical fold that comes to mind is the impeccably folded table napkins at posh restaurants. Simply holding up a kitchen towel or a handkerchief is also a good way to mimic a drop fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****drop fold sketch on blazer p55 top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Inert</h4>\r\nInert folds are characteristics of large masses of fabric; the more heavy and bulky, the more folds there are. These help create a story or a situation from a pile of otherwise static fabric on the floor or bed. Every time, the same piece of fabric can sport a unique fold pattern, suggestive of a different situation that has already occurred. Folds can also be used to depict any underlying structures, as the fabric tends to take up the shape of these structures. Inert folds on clothing may not be relevant in this context, though.\r\n<p align=\"center\">DT?? OR [*****inert fold sketch on handkerchief still life*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Adding Details to Clothing</h3>\r\nWith this basic understanding on the types of folds, you will definitely find it easier to achieve the required effect based on your character\'s posture and the chosen outfit. Depending on the type of fabric you choose for the clothing, the folds and wrinkles can either be more pronounced or subtle. Take care to enhance the sharpness of the folds and creases for bulk, heavy fabrics. Make them crisp in lighter fabrics and tone them down in case of fragile, soft material, for a true-to-life effect.\r\n<h3>Accessorize Clothing</h3>\r\nShoes, belts, ties, scarves, bling and handbags are just but a few accessories that compliment clothing to create a great appearance. Your images, too, may be a tad incomplete without these accessories, if and only if the situation warrants it, or you are planning on some satirical or comic renderings.\r\n\r\nEither way, learning how to draw shoes is an equally interesting and relatively easier experience, as you concentrate only on the structure of the feet, at least during the learning phase. Here again, the stance and the type of the shoe are two basic factors that need focus. The learning process again remains the same. Trace a basic outline of the feet, make alterations as needed, add a few details, and fit in the shoe of your choice.\r\n\r\nPractice is the key to mastering how to draw clothes. Simply use a reference grid to sketch out the body shape of a model from your favorite magazine or snap, and follow these guidelines to reproduce the image to the T.','Picture Perfect Clothing - A Beginner\'s Guide to Sketching Clothes','','inherit','open','open','','935-revision-v1','','','2014-03-03 21:23:41','2014-03-04 05:23:41','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/935-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(938,2,'2014-03-03 21:40:01','2014-03-04 05:40:01','','how to draw clothes clothed figure','','inherit','open','open','','httpwww-dreamstime-comroyalty-free-stock-photo-portrait-senior-man-image27787395','','','2014-03-03 21:40:01','2014-03-04 05:40:01','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(939,2,'2014-03-03 21:40:03','2014-03-04 05:40:03','','how to draw clothes from photograph','','inherit','open','open','','httpwww-dreamstime-comroyalty-free-stock-image-business-woman-man-team-image18905796','','','2014-03-03 21:40:03','2014-03-04 05:40:03','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(940,2,'2014-03-03 21:43:13','2014-03-04 05:43:13','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-938\" alt=\"how to draw clothes clothed figure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure-211x300.jpg\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /></a>While sketching portraits is all about capturing the facial structure and its emotions in a realistic manner, drawing people requires you to not only focus on the human frame and posture, but also learn how to draw clothes, as well as how to draw shoes and other accessories to render a complete image. Drawing picture-perfect clothing is about the design, fabric and its texture, and the multitude of creases, wrinkles or folds that reflect the true state of a real-life or fictitious character.\r\n\r\n\"Clothes maketh the man,\" said Shakespeare. Extending the same quote to the art of sketching, clothes add life to an image. Learning how to draw a shirt, for instance, will come in handy to quickly differentiate between a formal shirt on a working executive, a creased uniform on a service provider, or a casual shirt on a teenager - just to mention a few of the possible variations.\r\n\r\nHere are a few things to decide upfront before you attempt this exercise:\r\n\r\n• Is your character fictional or a real-life person?\r\n\r\n• Are you sketching a male, female, or a child?\r\n\r\n• Are you trying to design new clothing or simply attempting to clothe your characters using available designs?\r\n\r\n• What is the purpose of the clothing, occasion, or situation?\r\n\r\nThese help finalize how exactly you can proceed to clothe your character. That said, let\'s move on to learn how to draw clothes that go well with a chosen character or image.\r\n<h3>Start with the Frame and Posture</h3>\r\nOne first step is to start with the outline of a form and its posture. If you have already sketched out the frame and posture, simply make a copy of it to try out this lesson.\r\n\r\nIf you are looking to draw from a photograph, place the photograph against a natural light source and trace out the outline. In this example we have the outlines of two forms.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-939\" alt=\"how to draw clothes from photograph\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\" width=\"319\" height=\"480\" /></a></p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****outline of figures*****]</p>\r\nThis is your basic body shape which you will be looking to drape or clothe.\r\n<h3>Decide on the Design</h3>\r\nBeginners can safely opt to mimic tried and tested clothing designs on their characters, before attempting to get creative. Draw out your design on the body shape, to fit the apparel on the form. Take care to stick to a line diagram to keep the design simple. You can, of course, get creative once the basics are in place.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****figures w/line diagram of clothes design*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3> Move on to Minor Details</h3>\r\nThe posture of the character - to a great extent - decides on the direction of detailing on the clothes. Minor details such as the positioning of the accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc. help add some relief and movement to the fabric. A light breeze can, in fact, be depicted in a slight movement of a flimsy fabric! You can achieve this effect by adding some detail beyond the basic outline of the dress traced earlier.\r\n\r\nThe key here is to simply ignore any overlaps of lines until the final detail is ready. Once you\'ve finalized your fabric and direction of movement, other lines can be erased or covered eventually.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****figures w/details and accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3> Understanding Fabric and Folds</h3>\r\nIt is definitely easy to clothe your character in a simple sleeveless/sleeved top and a pencil skirt or trouser. If you are looking for some realistic effects, then you will realize that folds and creases are an integral part of clothing.\r\n\r\nPleats, folds and frills are an important aspect of dress design. On the other hand, the drape, the wrinkles and the fall relate to the use of clothing. Capturing all these aspects in a drawing requires an understanding of the different fabric types and fold patterns.\r\n\r\nThere are, in fact, seven different basic types of folds:\r\n\r\n• Pipe\r\n\r\n• Zigzag\r\n\r\n• Half-Lock\r\n\r\n• Spiral\r\n\r\n• Diaper\r\n\r\n• Drop\r\n\r\n• Inert\r\n<h4>Pipe</h4>\r\nThe most regular of folds, these are seen in both clothing and curtains, in the form of either stretched or relaxed variants. These are pleated fabrics - either held neatly or gathered at the top - forming piped folds. Pleated skirts, or garments gathered at the waist feature this type of folds. Stretched-piped folds are created when the fabric is gathered at two ends, somewhat similar to a wrap around the neck. Simply mimic a pleated curtain or a pegged towel to feature this effect on your clothing.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> Try “clothing sketch” search: DT?? OR [*****pipe fold sketch on skirt vilppustore.com*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Zigzag</h4>\r\nCommonly found in bent tubular clothes, zigzag folds occur on the bends on the sleeves of shirts and coats, as well as behind the knees of pants. Heavy fabric tends to result in distinctly sharp folds, over time. A couple of well-positioned zigzag lines with appropriate shading will help you achieve this effect.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****zigzag fold sketch on inner elbow/knee artmideast top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Half-Lock</h4>\r\nHalf-lock folds are found in the very same places as the zigzags, bent sleeves or knees, just that the fabric tends to fold over itself rather than stand out sharply. A slightly rolling curve is all that is needed to render a half-lock fold on the clothing. They are, in fact, more visible from the side or even the front, as the folds slip beyond the outer edge of the garment.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****half-lock fold sketch on inner elbow from side p55 center pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Spiral</h4>\r\nSpiral folds, true to their name, occur when tubular objects are fitted with long and round fabric. Common examples are curtains that are put up on rods, as well as long sleeves and pants on the human form, or even waistbands with elastic bands or drawcords within them. You can observe this effect by simply pushing up the sleeves of your sweaters or full-arm shirts. The softer the material, the more pronounced is the spiral formation. This effect again is quite easy to mimic.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****spiral fold sketch on bended arm  p55 top left pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Diaper</h4>\r\nDiaper folds are the result of a fabric being supported from two points or areas, very similar to a towel pegged to the clothesline using two clips on either end. The fabric between these support points tends to sag towards the center, with folds originating from either side. A distinct classic medieval look, Grecian necklines are still very much in vogue. The effect can be more pronounced when more fabric is gathered at either ends, or with triangular-shaped fabric. Mimic the folds of a military scarf for a diaper fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****diaper fold sketch on military scarf tacticsupplies.com colin farrell*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Drop</h4>\r\nDrop folds are those that originate when a fabric hangs from a single support point, resulting in either a simple single conical fold, or multiple folds that make for elaborate patterns. A typical example of a conical fold that comes to mind is the impeccably folded table napkins at posh restaurants. Simply holding up a kitchen towel or a handkerchief is also a good way to mimic a drop fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****drop fold sketch on blazer p55 top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Inert</h4>\r\nInert folds are characteristics of large masses of fabric; the more heavy and bulky, the more folds there are. These help create a story or a situation from a pile of otherwise static fabric on the floor or bed. Every time, the same piece of fabric can sport a unique fold pattern, suggestive of a different situation that has already occurred. Folds can also be used to depict any underlying structures, as the fabric tends to take up the shape of these structures. Inert folds on clothing may not be relevant in this context, though.\r\n<p align=\"center\">DT?? OR [*****inert fold sketch on handkerchief still life*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Adding Details to Clothing</h3>\r\nWith this basic understanding on the types of folds, you will definitely find it easier to achieve the required effect based on your character\'s posture and the chosen outfit. Depending on the type of fabric you choose for the clothing, the folds and wrinkles can either be more pronounced or subtle. Take care to enhance the sharpness of the folds and creases for bulk, heavy fabrics. Make them crisp in lighter fabrics and tone them down in case of fragile, soft material, for a true-to-life effect.\r\n<h3>Accessorize Clothing</h3>\r\nShoes, belts, ties, scarves, bling and handbags are just but a few accessories that compliment clothing to create a great appearance. Your images, too, may be a tad incomplete without these accessories, if and only if the situation warrants it, or you are planning on some satirical or comic renderings.\r\n\r\nEither way, learning how to draw shoes is an equally interesting and relatively easier experience, as you concentrate only on the structure of the feet, at least during the learning phase. Here again, the stance and the type of the shoe are two basic factors that need focus. The learning process again remains the same. Trace a basic outline of the feet, make alterations as needed, add a few details, and fit in the shoe of your choice.\r\n\r\nPractice is the key to mastering how to draw clothes. Simply use a reference grid to sketch out the body shape of a model from your favorite magazine or snap, and follow these guidelines to reproduce the image to the T.','Picture Perfect Clothing - A Beginner\'s Guide to Sketching Clothes','','inherit','open','open','','935-revision-v1','','','2014-03-03 21:43:13','2014-03-04 05:43:13','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/935-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(941,2,'2014-03-03 21:45:04','2014-03-04 05:45:04','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-938\" alt=\"how to draw clothes clothed figure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure-211x300.jpg\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /></a>While sketching portraits is all about capturing the facial structure and its emotions in a realistic manner, drawing people requires you to not only focus on the human frame and posture, but also learn how to draw clothes, as well as how to draw shoes and other accessories to render a complete image. Drawing picture-perfect clothing is about the design, fabric and its texture, and the multitude of creases, wrinkles or folds that reflect the true state of a real-life or fictitious character.\r\n\r\n\"Clothes maketh the man,\" said Shakespeare. Extending the same quote to the art of sketching, clothes add life to an image. Learning how to draw a shirt, for instance, will come in handy to quickly differentiate between a formal shirt on a working executive, a creased uniform on a service provider, or a casual shirt on a teenager - just to mention a few of the possible variations.\r\n\r\nHere are a few things to decide upfront before you attempt this exercise:\r\n\r\n• Is your character fictional or a real-life person?\r\n\r\n• Are you sketching a male, female, or a child?\r\n\r\n• Are you trying to design new clothing or simply attempting to clothe your characters using available designs?\r\n\r\n• What is the purpose of the clothing, occasion, or situation?\r\n\r\nThese help finalize how exactly you can proceed to clothe your character. That said, let\'s move on to learn how to draw clothes that go well with a chosen character or image.\r\n<h3>Start with the Frame and Posture</h3>\r\nOne first step is to start with the outline of a form and its posture. If you have already sketched out the frame and posture, simply make a copy of it to try out this lesson.\r\n\r\nIf you are looking to draw from a photograph, place the photograph against a natural light source and trace out the outline. In this example we have the outlines of two forms.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-939\" alt=\"how to draw clothes from photograph\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\" width=\"319\" height=\"480\" /></a></p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****outline of figures*****]</p>\r\nThis is your basic body shape which you will be looking to drape or clothe.\r\n<h3>Decide on the Design</h3>\r\nBeginners can safely opt to mimic tried and tested clothing designs on their characters, before attempting to get creative. Draw out your design on the body shape, to fit the apparel on the form. Take care to stick to a line diagram to keep the design simple. You can, of course, get creative once the basics are in place.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****figures w/line diagram of clothes design*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Move on to Minor Details</h3>\r\nThe posture of the character - to a great extent - decides on the direction of detailing on the clothes. Minor details such as the positioning of the accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc. help add some relief and movement to the fabric. A light breeze can, in fact, be depicted in a slight movement of a flimsy fabric! You can achieve this effect by adding some detail beyond the basic outline of the dress traced earlier.\r\n\r\nThe key here is to simply ignore any overlaps of lines until the final detail is ready. Once you\'ve finalized your fabric and direction of movement, other lines can be erased or covered eventually.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> [*****figures w/details and accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3> Understanding Fabric and Folds</h3>\r\nIt is definitely easy to clothe your character in a simple sleeveless/sleeved top and a pencil skirt or trouser. If you are looking for some realistic effects, then you will realize that folds and creases are an integral part of clothing.\r\n\r\nPleats, folds and frills are an important aspect of dress design. On the other hand, the drape, the wrinkles and the fall relate to the use of clothing. Capturing all these aspects in a drawing requires an understanding of the different fabric types and fold patterns.\r\n\r\nThere are, in fact, seven different basic types of folds:\r\n\r\n• Pipe\r\n\r\n• Zigzag\r\n\r\n• Half-Lock\r\n\r\n• Spiral\r\n\r\n• Diaper\r\n\r\n• Drop\r\n\r\n• Inert\r\n<h4>Pipe</h4>\r\nThe most regular of folds, these are seen in both clothing and curtains, in the form of either stretched or relaxed variants. These are pleated fabrics - either held neatly or gathered at the top - forming piped folds. Pleated skirts, or garments gathered at the waist feature this type of folds. Stretched-piped folds are created when the fabric is gathered at two ends, somewhat similar to a wrap around the neck. Simply mimic a pleated curtain or a pegged towel to feature this effect on your clothing.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> Try “clothing sketch” search: DT?? OR [*****pipe fold sketch on skirt vilppustore.com*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Zigzag</h4>\r\nCommonly found in bent tubular clothes, zigzag folds occur on the bends on the sleeves of shirts and coats, as well as behind the knees of pants. Heavy fabric tends to result in distinctly sharp folds, over time. A couple of well-positioned zigzag lines with appropriate shading will help you achieve this effect.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****zigzag fold sketch on inner elbow/knee artmideast top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Half-Lock</h4>\r\nHalf-lock folds are found in the very same places as the zigzags, bent sleeves or knees, just that the fabric tends to fold over itself rather than stand out sharply. A slightly rolling curve is all that is needed to render a half-lock fold on the clothing. They are, in fact, more visible from the side or even the front, as the folds slip beyond the outer edge of the garment.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****half-lock fold sketch on inner elbow from side p55 center pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Spiral</h4>\r\nSpiral folds, true to their name, occur when tubular objects are fitted with long and round fabric. Common examples are curtains that are put up on rods, as well as long sleeves and pants on the human form, or even waistbands with elastic bands or drawcords within them. You can observe this effect by simply pushing up the sleeves of your sweaters or full-arm shirts. The softer the material, the more pronounced is the spiral formation. This effect again is quite easy to mimic.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****spiral fold sketch on bended arm  p55 top left pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Diaper</h4>\r\nDiaper folds are the result of a fabric being supported from two points or areas, very similar to a towel pegged to the clothesline using two clips on either end. The fabric between these support points tends to sag towards the center, with folds originating from either side. A distinct classic medieval look, Grecian necklines are still very much in vogue. The effect can be more pronounced when more fabric is gathered at either ends, or with triangular-shaped fabric. Mimic the folds of a military scarf for a diaper fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****diaper fold sketch on military scarf tacticsupplies.com colin farrell*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Drop</h4>\r\nDrop folds are those that originate when a fabric hangs from a single support point, resulting in either a simple single conical fold, or multiple folds that make for elaborate patterns. A typical example of a conical fold that comes to mind is the impeccably folded table napkins at posh restaurants. Simply holding up a kitchen towel or a handkerchief is also a good way to mimic a drop fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****drop fold sketch on blazer p55 top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Inert</h4>\r\nInert folds are characteristics of large masses of fabric; the more heavy and bulky, the more folds there are. These help create a story or a situation from a pile of otherwise static fabric on the floor or bed. Every time, the same piece of fabric can sport a unique fold pattern, suggestive of a different situation that has already occurred. Folds can also be used to depict any underlying structures, as the fabric tends to take up the shape of these structures. Inert folds on clothing may not be relevant in this context, though.\r\n<p align=\"center\">DT?? OR [*****inert fold sketch on handkerchief still life*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Adding Details to Clothing</h3>\r\nWith this basic understanding on the types of folds, you will definitely find it easier to achieve the required effect based on your character\'s posture and the chosen outfit. Depending on the type of fabric you choose for the clothing, the folds and wrinkles can either be more pronounced or subtle. Take care to enhance the sharpness of the folds and creases for bulk, heavy fabrics. Make them crisp in lighter fabrics and tone them down in case of fragile, soft material, for a true-to-life effect.\r\n<h3>Accessorize Clothing</h3>\r\nShoes, belts, ties, scarves, bling and handbags are just but a few accessories that compliment clothing to create a great appearance. Your images, too, may be a tad incomplete without these accessories, if and only if the situation warrants it, or you are planning on some satirical or comic renderings.\r\n\r\nEither way, learning how to draw shoes is an equally interesting and relatively easier experience, as you concentrate only on the structure of the feet, at least during the learning phase. Here again, the stance and the type of the shoe are two basic factors that need focus. The learning process again remains the same. Trace a basic outline of the feet, make alterations as needed, add a few details, and fit in the shoe of your choice.\r\n\r\nPractice is the key to mastering how to draw clothes. Simply use a reference grid to sketch out the body shape of a model from your favorite magazine or snap, and follow these guidelines to reproduce the image to the T.','Picture Perfect Clothing - A Beginner\'s Guide to Sketching Clothes','','inherit','open','open','','935-revision-v1','','','2014-03-03 21:45:04','2014-03-04 05:45:04','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/935-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(942,2,'2014-03-03 22:46:39','2014-03-04 06:46:39','','how to draw clothes design','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-design','','','2014-03-03 22:46:39','2014-03-04 06:46:39','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(943,2,'2014-03-03 22:46:41','2014-03-04 06:46:41','','how to draw clothes detail','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-detail','','','2014-03-03 22:46:41','2014-03-04 06:46:41','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(944,2,'2014-03-03 22:46:42','2014-03-04 06:46:42','','how to draw clothes outline','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-outline','','','2014-03-03 22:46:42','2014-03-04 06:46:42','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(945,2,'2014-03-03 22:48:45','2014-03-04 06:48:45','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-938\" alt=\"how to draw clothes clothed figure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure-211x300.jpg\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /></a>While sketching portraits is all about capturing the facial structure and its emotions in a realistic manner, drawing people requires you to not only focus on the human frame and posture, but also learn how to draw clothes, as well as how to draw shoes and other accessories to render a complete image. Drawing picture-perfect clothing is about the design, fabric and its texture, and the multitude of creases, wrinkles or folds that reflect the true state of a real-life or fictitious character.\r\n\r\n\"Clothes maketh the man,\" said Shakespeare. Extending the same quote to the art of sketching, clothes add life to an image. Learning how to draw a shirt, for instance, will come in handy to quickly differentiate between a formal shirt on a working executive, a creased uniform on a service provider, or a casual shirt on a teenager - just to mention a few of the possible variations.\r\n\r\nHere are a few things to decide upfront before you attempt this exercise:\r\n\r\n• Is your character fictional or a real-life person?\r\n\r\n• Are you sketching a male, female, or a child?\r\n\r\n• Are you trying to design new clothing or simply attempting to clothe your characters using available designs?\r\n\r\n• What is the purpose of the clothing, occasion, or situation?\r\n\r\nThese help finalize how exactly you can proceed to clothe your character. That said, let\'s move on to learn how to draw clothes that go well with a chosen character or image.\r\n<h3>Start with the Frame and Posture</h3>\r\nOne effective way to start practicing is with the outline of a form and its posture. To begin this lesson, sketch a rough outline of a person or people. You can sketch poses from your imagination and use reference photos for the clothes, or use a reference photo for the whole thing.\r\n\r\nIf you are looking to draw from a photograph, place the photograph against a natural light source and trace out the outline. In the example below, I used the following photo to trace outlines of the two people.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-939\" alt=\"how to draw clothes from photograph\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\" width=\"319\" height=\"480\" /></a></p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-944\" alt=\"how to draw clothes outline\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg\" width=\"330\" height=\"401\" /></a></p>\r\nThese are your basic body shapes which you will be looking to drape or clothe. What we will do is start very basic and then gradually add layers of detail.\r\n<h3>Decide on the Design</h3>\r\nBeginners can safely opt to mimic tried and tested clothing designs on their characters before attempting to get creative. Draw out your design on the body shapes to fit the apparel on the forms. Take care to stick to a line diagram to keep the design simple. You can, of course, get creative once the basics are in place.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-942\" alt=\"how to draw clothes design\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg\" width=\"312\" height=\"381\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Move on to Details</h3>\r\nThe posture of the characters - to a great extent - decides on the direction of detailing on the clothes. Begin adding noticeable folds to the fabric. Minor details such as the positioning of the accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc. help add some relief and movement to the fabric. The more detail you add to the clothes, the more realistic the appearance becomes.\r\n\r\nThe key here is to simply ignore any overlaps of lines until the final detail is ready. Once you\'ve finalized your fabric and direction of movement, other lines can be erased or covered eventually.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-943\" alt=\"how to draw clothes detail\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg\" width=\"324\" height=\"386\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Understanding Fabric and Folds</h3>\r\nIt is definitely easy to clothe your character in a simple sleeveless/sleeved top and a pencil skirt or trouser. If you are looking for some realistic effects, then you will realize that folds and creases are an integral part of clothing.\r\n\r\nPleats, folds and frills are an important aspect of dress design. On the other hand, the drape, the wrinkles and the fall relate to the use of clothing. Capturing all these aspects in a drawing requires an understanding of the different fabric types and fold patterns.\r\n\r\nThere are, in fact, seven different basic types of folds:\r\n\r\n• Pipe\r\n\r\n• Zigzag\r\n\r\n• Half-Lock\r\n\r\n• Spiral\r\n\r\n• Diaper\r\n\r\n• Drop\r\n\r\n• Inert\r\n<h4>Pipe</h4>\r\nThe most regular of folds, these are seen in both clothing and curtains, in the form of either stretched or relaxed variants. These are pleated fabrics - either held neatly or gathered at the top - forming piped folds. Pleated skirts, or garments gathered at the waist feature this type of folds. Stretched-piped folds are created when the fabric is gathered at two ends, somewhat similar to a wrap around the neck. Simply mimic a pleated curtain or a pegged towel to feature this effect on your clothing.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> Try “clothing sketch” search: DT?? OR [*****pipe fold sketch on skirt vilppustore.com*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Zigzag</h4>\r\nCommonly found in bent tubular clothes, zigzag folds occur on the bends on the sleeves of shirts and coats, as well as behind the knees of pants. Heavy fabric tends to result in distinctly sharp folds, over time. A couple of well-positioned zigzag lines with appropriate shading will help you achieve this effect.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****zigzag fold sketch on inner elbow/knee artmideast top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Half-Lock</h4>\r\nHalf-lock folds are found in the very same places as the zigzags, bent sleeves or knees, just that the fabric tends to fold over itself rather than stand out sharply. A slightly rolling curve is all that is needed to render a half-lock fold on the clothing. They are, in fact, more visible from the side or even the front, as the folds slip beyond the outer edge of the garment.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****half-lock fold sketch on inner elbow from side p55 center pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Spiral</h4>\r\nSpiral folds, true to their name, occur when tubular objects are fitted with long and round fabric. Common examples are curtains that are put up on rods, as well as long sleeves and pants on the human form, or even waistbands with elastic bands or drawcords within them. You can observe this effect by simply pushing up the sleeves of your sweaters or full-arm shirts. The softer the material, the more pronounced is the spiral formation. This effect again is quite easy to mimic.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****spiral fold sketch on bended arm  p55 top left pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Diaper</h4>\r\nDiaper folds are the result of a fabric being supported from two points or areas, very similar to a towel pegged to the clothesline using two clips on either end. The fabric between these support points tends to sag towards the center, with folds originating from either side. A distinct classic medieval look, Grecian necklines are still very much in vogue. The effect can be more pronounced when more fabric is gathered at either ends, or with triangular-shaped fabric. Mimic the folds of a military scarf for a diaper fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****diaper fold sketch on military scarf tacticsupplies.com colin farrell*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Drop</h4>\r\nDrop folds are those that originate when a fabric hangs from a single support point, resulting in either a simple single conical fold, or multiple folds that make for elaborate patterns. A typical example of a conical fold that comes to mind is the impeccably folded table napkins at posh restaurants. Simply holding up a kitchen towel or a handkerchief is also a good way to mimic a drop fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****drop fold sketch on blazer p55 top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Inert</h4>\r\nInert folds are characteristics of large masses of fabric; the more heavy and bulky, the more folds there are. These help create a story or a situation from a pile of otherwise static fabric on the floor or bed. Every time, the same piece of fabric can sport a unique fold pattern, suggestive of a different situation that has already occurred. Folds can also be used to depict any underlying structures, as the fabric tends to take up the shape of these structures. Inert folds on clothing may not be relevant in this context, though.\r\n<p align=\"center\">DT?? OR [*****inert fold sketch on handkerchief still life*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Adding Details to Clothing</h3>\r\nWith this basic understanding on the types of folds, you will definitely find it easier to achieve the required effect based on your character\'s posture and the chosen outfit. Depending on the type of fabric you choose for the clothing, the folds and wrinkles can either be more pronounced or subtle. Take care to enhance the sharpness of the folds and creases for bulk, heavy fabrics. Make them crisp in lighter fabrics and tone them down in case of fragile, soft material, for a true-to-life effect.\r\n<h3>Accessorize Clothing</h3>\r\nShoes, belts, ties, scarves, bling and handbags are just but a few accessories that compliment clothing to create a great appearance. Your images, too, may be a tad incomplete without these accessories, if and only if the situation warrants it, or you are planning on some satirical or comic renderings.\r\n\r\nEither way, learning how to draw shoes is an equally interesting and relatively easier experience, as you concentrate only on the structure of the feet, at least during the learning phase. Here again, the stance and the type of the shoe are two basic factors that need focus. The learning process again remains the same. Trace a basic outline of the feet, make alterations as needed, add a few details, and fit in the shoe of your choice.\r\n\r\nPractice is the key to mastering how to draw clothes. Simply use a reference grid to sketch out the body shape of a model from your favorite magazine or snap, and follow these guidelines to reproduce the image to the T.','Picture Perfect Clothing - A Beginner\'s Guide to Sketching Clothes','','inherit','open','open','','935-revision-v1','','','2014-03-03 22:48:45','2014-03-04 06:48:45','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/935-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(946,2,'2014-03-04 00:28:50','2014-03-04 08:28:50','','how to draw clothes diaper folds','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-diaper-folds','','','2014-03-04 00:28:50','2014-03-04 08:28:50','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-diaper-folds.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(947,2,'2014-03-04 00:28:51','2014-03-04 08:28:51','','how to draw clothes drop folds','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-drop-folds','','','2014-03-04 00:28:51','2014-03-04 08:28:51','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-drop-folds.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(948,2,'2014-03-04 00:28:53','2014-03-04 08:28:53','','how to draw clothes half lock folds','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-half-lock-folds','','','2014-03-04 00:28:53','2014-03-04 08:28:53','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-half-lock-folds.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(949,2,'2014-03-04 00:28:54','2014-03-04 08:28:54','','how to draw clothes inert fold','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-inert-fold','','','2014-03-04 00:28:54','2014-03-04 08:28:54','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-inert-fold.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(950,2,'2014-03-04 00:28:55','2014-03-04 08:28:55','','how to draw clothes pipe folds','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-pipe-folds','','','2014-03-04 00:28:55','2014-03-04 08:28:55','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-pipe-folds.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(951,2,'2014-03-04 00:28:56','2014-03-04 08:28:56','','how to draw clothes spiral folds','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-spiral-folds','','','2014-03-04 00:28:56','2014-03-04 08:28:56','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-spiral-folds.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(952,2,'2014-03-04 00:28:57','2014-03-04 08:28:57','','how to draw clothes zigzag folds','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-clothes-zigzag-folds','','','2014-03-04 00:28:57','2014-03-04 08:28:57','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-zigzag-folds.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(953,2,'2014-03-04 00:30:39','2014-03-04 08:30:39','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-938\" alt=\"how to draw clothes clothed figure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure-211x300.jpg\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /></a>While sketching portraits is all about capturing the facial structure and its emotions in a realistic manner, drawing people requires you to not only focus on the human frame and posture, but also learn how to draw clothes, as well as how to draw shoes and other accessories to render a complete image. Drawing picture-perfect clothing is about the design, fabric and its texture, and the multitude of creases, wrinkles or folds that reflect the true state of a real-life or fictitious character.\r\n\r\n\"Clothes maketh the man,\" said Shakespeare. Extending the same quote to the art of sketching, clothes add life to an image. Learning how to draw a shirt, for instance, will come in handy to quickly differentiate between a formal shirt on a working executive, a creased uniform on a service provider, or a casual shirt on a teenager - just to mention a few of the possible variations.\r\n\r\nHere are a few things to decide upfront before you attempt this exercise:\r\n\r\n• Is your character fictional or a real-life person?\r\n\r\n• Are you sketching a male, female, or a child?\r\n\r\n• Are you trying to design new clothing or simply attempting to clothe your characters using available designs?\r\n\r\n• What is the purpose of the clothing, occasion, or situation?\r\n\r\nThese help finalize how exactly you can proceed to clothe your character. That said, let\'s move on to learn how to draw clothes that go well with a chosen character or image.\r\n<h3>Start with the Frame and Posture</h3>\r\nOne effective way to start practicing is with the outline of a form and its posture. To begin this lesson, sketch a rough outline of a person or people. You can sketch poses from your imagination and use reference photos for the clothes, or use a reference photo for the whole thing.\r\n\r\nIf you are looking to draw from a photograph, place the photograph against a natural light source and trace out the outline. In the example below, I used the following photo to trace outlines of the two people.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-939\" alt=\"how to draw clothes from photograph\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\" width=\"319\" height=\"480\" /></a></p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-944\" alt=\"how to draw clothes outline\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg\" width=\"330\" height=\"401\" /></a></p>\r\nThese are your basic body shapes which you will be looking to drape or clothe. What we will do is start very basic and then gradually add layers of detail.\r\n<h3>Decide on the Design</h3>\r\nBeginners can safely opt to mimic tried and tested clothing designs on their characters before attempting to get creative. Draw out your design on the body shapes to fit the apparel on the forms. Take care to stick to a line diagram to keep the design simple. You can, of course, get creative once the basics are in place.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-942\" alt=\"how to draw clothes design\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg\" width=\"312\" height=\"381\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Move on to Details</h3>\r\nThe posture of the characters - to a great extent - decides on the direction of detailing on the clothes. Begin adding noticeable folds to the fabric. Minor details such as the positioning of the accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc. help add some relief and movement to the fabric. The more detail you add to the clothes, the more realistic the appearance becomes.\r\n\r\nThe key here is to simply ignore any overlaps of lines until the final detail is ready. Once you\'ve finalized your fabric and direction of movement, other lines can be erased or covered eventually.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-943\" alt=\"how to draw clothes detail\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg\" width=\"324\" height=\"386\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Understanding Fabric and Folds</h3>\r\nIt is definitely easy to clothe your character in a simple sleeveless/sleeved top and a pencil skirt or trouser. If you are looking for some realistic effects, then you will realize that folds and creases are an integral part of clothing.\r\n\r\nPleats, folds and frills are an important aspect of dress design. On the other hand, the drape, the wrinkles and the fall relate to the use of clothing. Capturing all these aspects in a drawing requires an understanding of the different fabric types and fold patterns.\r\n\r\nThere are, in fact, seven different basic types of folds:\r\n\r\n• Pipe\r\n\r\n• Zigzag\r\n\r\n• Half-Lock\r\n\r\n• Spiral\r\n\r\n• Diaper\r\n\r\n• Drop\r\n\r\n• Inert\r\n<h4>Pipe</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-pipe-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-950 alignleft\" alt=\"how to draw clothes pipe folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-pipe-folds.jpg\" width=\"292\" height=\"469\" /></a>The most regular of folds, these are seen in both clothing and curtains, in the form of either stretched or relaxed variants. These are pleated fabrics - either held neatly or gathered at the top - forming piped folds. Pleated skirts, or garments gathered at the waist feature this type of folds. Stretched-piped folds are created when the fabric is gathered at two ends, somewhat similar to a wrap around the neck. Simply mimic a pleated curtain or a pegged towel to feature this effect on your clothing.\r\n<p align=\"center\"></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Zigzag</h4>\r\nCommonly found in bent tubular clothes, zigzag folds occur on the bends on the sleeves of shirts and coats, as well as behind the knees of pants. Heavy fabric tends to result in distinctly sharp folds, over time. A couple of well-positioned zigzag lines with appropriate shading will help you achieve this effect.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****zigzag fold sketch on inner elbow/knee artmideast top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Half-Lock</h4>\r\nHalf-lock folds are found in the very same places as the zigzags, bent sleeves or knees, just that the fabric tends to fold over itself rather than stand out sharply. A slightly rolling curve is all that is needed to render a half-lock fold on the clothing. They are, in fact, more visible from the side or even the front, as the folds slip beyond the outer edge of the garment.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****half-lock fold sketch on inner elbow from side p55 center pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Spiral</h4>\r\nSpiral folds, true to their name, occur when tubular objects are fitted with long and round fabric. Common examples are curtains that are put up on rods, as well as long sleeves and pants on the human form, or even waistbands with elastic bands or drawcords within them. You can observe this effect by simply pushing up the sleeves of your sweaters or full-arm shirts. The softer the material, the more pronounced is the spiral formation. This effect again is quite easy to mimic.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****spiral fold sketch on bended arm  p55 top left pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Diaper</h4>\r\nDiaper folds are the result of a fabric being supported from two points or areas, very similar to a towel pegged to the clothesline using two clips on either end. The fabric between these support points tends to sag towards the center, with folds originating from either side. A distinct classic medieval look, Grecian necklines are still very much in vogue. The effect can be more pronounced when more fabric is gathered at either ends, or with triangular-shaped fabric. Mimic the folds of a military scarf for a diaper fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****diaper fold sketch on military scarf tacticsupplies.com colin farrell*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Drop</h4>\r\nDrop folds are those that originate when a fabric hangs from a single support point, resulting in either a simple single conical fold, or multiple folds that make for elaborate patterns. A typical example of a conical fold that comes to mind is the impeccably folded table napkins at posh restaurants. Simply holding up a kitchen towel or a handkerchief is also a good way to mimic a drop fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> DT?? OR [*****drop fold sketch on blazer p55 top right pic*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Inert</h4>\r\nInert folds are characteristics of large masses of fabric; the more heavy and bulky, the more folds there are. These help create a story or a situation from a pile of otherwise static fabric on the floor or bed. Every time, the same piece of fabric can sport a unique fold pattern, suggestive of a different situation that has already occurred. Folds can also be used to depict any underlying structures, as the fabric tends to take up the shape of these structures.\r\n<p align=\"center\">DT?? OR [*****inert fold sketch on handkerchief still life*****]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Adding Details to Clothing</h3>\r\nWith this basic understanding on the types of folds, you will definitely find it easier to achieve the required effect based on your character\'s posture and the chosen outfit. Depending on the type of fabric you choose for the clothing, the folds and wrinkles can either be more pronounced or subtle. Take care to enhance the sharpness of the folds and creases for bulk, heavy fabrics. Make them crisp in lighter fabrics and tone them down in case of fragile, soft material, for a true-to-life effect.\r\n<h3>Accessorize Clothing</h3>\r\nShoes, belts, ties, scarves, bling and handbags are just but a few accessories that compliment clothing to create a great appearance. Your images, too, may be a tad incomplete without these accessories, if and only if the situation warrants it, or you are planning on some satirical or comic renderings.\r\n\r\nEither way, learning how to draw shoes is an equally interesting and relatively easier experience, as you concentrate only on the structure of the feet, at least during the learning phase. Here again, the stance and the type of the shoe are two basic factors that need focus. The learning process again remains the same. Trace a basic outline of the feet, make alterations as needed, add a few details, and fit in the shoe of your choice.\r\n\r\nPractice is the key to mastering how to draw clothes. Simply use a reference grid to sketch out the body shape of a model from your favorite magazine or snap, and follow these guidelines to reproduce the image to the T.','Picture Perfect Clothing - A Beginner\'s Guide to Sketching Clothes','','inherit','open','open','','935-revision-v1','','','2014-03-04 00:30:39','2014-03-04 08:30:39','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/935-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(954,2,'2014-03-04 00:35:16','2014-03-04 08:35:16','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-938\" alt=\"how to draw clothes clothed figure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure-211x300.jpg\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /></a>While sketching portraits is all about capturing the facial structure and its emotions in a realistic manner, drawing people requires you to not only focus on the human frame and posture, but also learn how to draw clothes, as well as how to draw shoes and other accessories to render a complete image. Drawing picture-perfect clothing is about the design, fabric and its texture, and the multitude of creases, wrinkles or folds that reflect the true state of a real-life or fictitious character.\r\n\r\n\"Clothes maketh the man,\" said Shakespeare. Extending the same quote to the art of sketching, clothes add life to an image. Learning how to draw a shirt, for instance, will come in handy to quickly differentiate between a formal shirt on a working executive, a creased uniform on a service provider, or a casual shirt on a teenager - just to mention a few of the possible variations.\r\n\r\nHere are a few things to decide upfront before you attempt this exercise:\r\n\r\n• Is your character fictional or a real-life person?\r\n\r\n• Are you sketching a male, female, or a child?\r\n\r\n• Are you trying to design new clothing or simply attempting to clothe your characters using available designs?\r\n\r\n• What is the purpose of the clothing, occasion, or situation?\r\n\r\nThese help finalize how exactly you can proceed to clothe your character. That said, let\'s move on to learn how to draw clothes that go well with a chosen character or image.\r\n<h3>Start with the Frame and Posture</h3>\r\nOne effective way to start practicing is with the outline of a form and its posture. To begin this lesson, sketch a rough outline of a person or people. You can sketch poses from your imagination and use reference photos for the clothes, or use a reference photo for the whole thing.\r\n\r\nIf you are looking to draw from a photograph, place the photograph against a natural light source and trace out the outline. In the example below, I used the following photo to trace outlines of the two people.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-939\" alt=\"how to draw clothes from photograph\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-from-photograph.jpg\" width=\"319\" height=\"480\" /></a></p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-944\" alt=\"how to draw clothes outline\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-outline.jpg\" width=\"330\" height=\"401\" /></a></p>\r\nThese are your basic body shapes which you will be looking to drape or clothe. What we will do is start very basic and then gradually add layers of detail.\r\n<h3>Decide on the Design</h3>\r\nBeginners can safely opt to mimic tried and tested clothing designs on their characters before attempting to get creative. Draw out your design on the body shapes to fit the apparel on the forms. Take care to stick to a line diagram to keep the design simple. You can, of course, get creative once the basics are in place.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-942\" alt=\"how to draw clothes design\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-design.jpg\" width=\"312\" height=\"381\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Move on to Details</h3>\r\nThe posture of the characters - to a great extent - decides on the direction of detailing on the clothes. Begin adding noticeable folds to the fabric. Minor details such as the positioning of the accessories, buttons, seams, hemlines, etc. help add some relief and movement to the fabric. The more detail you add to the clothes, the more realistic the appearance becomes.\r\n\r\nThe key here is to simply ignore any overlaps of lines until the final detail is ready. Once you\'ve finalized your fabric and direction of movement, other lines can be erased or covered eventually.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-943\" alt=\"how to draw clothes detail\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-detail.jpg\" width=\"324\" height=\"386\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Understanding Fabric and Folds</h3>\r\nIt is definitely easy to clothe your character in a simple sleeveless/sleeved top and a pencil skirt or trouser. If you are looking for some realistic effects, then you will realize that folds and creases are an integral part of clothing.\r\n\r\nPleats, folds and frills are an important aspect of dress design. On the other hand, the drape, the wrinkles and the fall relate to the use of clothing. Capturing all these aspects in a drawing requires an understanding of the different fabric types and fold patterns.\r\n\r\nThere are, in fact, seven different basic types of folds:\r\n\r\n• Pipe\r\n\r\n• Zigzag\r\n\r\n• Half-Lock\r\n\r\n• Spiral\r\n\r\n• Diaper\r\n\r\n• Drop\r\n\r\n• Inert\r\n<h4>Pipe</h4>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The most regular of folds, these are seen in both clothing and curtains, in the form of either stretched or relaxed variants. These are pleated fabrics - either held neatly or gathered at the top - forming piped folds. Pleated skirts, or garments gathered at the waist feature this type of folds. Stretched-piped folds are created when the fabric is gathered at two ends, somewhat similar to a wrap around the neck. Simply mimic a pleated curtain or a pegged towel to feature this effect on your clothing.</p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-pipe-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-950 aligncenter\" alt=\"how to draw clothes pipe folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-pipe-folds.jpg\" width=\"292\" height=\"469\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Zigzag</h4>\r\nCommonly found in bent tubular clothes, zigzag folds occur on the bends on the sleeves of shirts and coats, as well as behind the knees of pants. Heavy fabric tends to result in distinctly sharp folds, over time. A couple of well-positioned zigzag lines with appropriate shading will help you achieve this effect.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-zigzag-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-952\" alt=\"how to draw clothes zigzag folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-zigzag-folds.jpg\" width=\"216\" height=\"458\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Half-Lock</h4>\r\nHalf-lock folds are found in the very same places as the zigzags, bent sleeves or knees, just that the fabric tends to fold over itself rather than stand out sharply. A slightly rolling curve is all that is needed to render a half-lock fold on the clothing. They are, in fact, more visible from the side or even the front, as the folds slip beyond the outer edge of the garment.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-half-lock-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-948\" alt=\"how to draw clothes half lock folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-half-lock-folds.jpg\" width=\"228\" height=\"265\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Spiral</h4>\r\nSpiral folds, true to their name, occur when tubular objects are fitted with long and round fabric. Common examples are curtains that are put up on rods, as well as long sleeves and pants on the human form, or even waistbands with elastic bands or drawcords within them. You can observe this effect by simply pushing up the sleeves of your sweaters or full-arm shirts. The softer the material, the more pronounced is the spiral formation. This effect again is quite easy to mimic.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-spiral-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-951\" alt=\"how to draw clothes spiral folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-spiral-folds.jpg\" width=\"247\" height=\"406\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Diaper</h4>\r\nDiaper folds are the result of a fabric being supported from two points or areas, very similar to a towel pegged to the clothesline using two clips on either end. The fabric between these support points tends to sag towards the center, with folds originating from either side. A distinct classic medieval look, Grecian necklines are still very much in vogue. The effect can be more pronounced when more fabric is gathered at either ends, or with triangular-shaped fabric. Mimic the folds of a military scarf for a diaper fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-diaper-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-946\" alt=\"how to draw clothes diaper folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-diaper-folds.jpg\" width=\"242\" height=\"416\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Drop</h4>\r\nDrop folds are those that originate when a fabric hangs from a single support point, resulting in either a simple single conical fold, or multiple folds that make for elaborate patterns. A typical example of a conical fold that comes to mind is the impeccably folded table napkins at posh restaurants. Simply holding up a kitchen towel or a handkerchief is also a good way to mimic a drop fold.\r\n<p align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-drop-folds.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-947\" alt=\"how to draw clothes drop folds\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-drop-folds.jpg\" width=\"257\" height=\"437\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Inert</h4>\r\nInert folds are characteristics of large masses of fabric; the more heavy and bulky, the more folds there are. These help create a story or a situation from a pile of otherwise static fabric on the floor or bed. Every time, the same piece of fabric can sport a unique fold pattern, suggestive of a different situation that has already occurred. Folds can also be used to depict any underlying structures, as the fabric tends to take up the shape of these structures.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-inert-fold.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-949\" alt=\"how to draw clothes inert fold\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-inert-fold.jpg\" width=\"308\" height=\"311\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Adding Details to Clothing</h3>\r\nWith this basic understanding on the types of folds, you will definitely find it easier to achieve the required effect based on your character\'s posture and the chosen outfit. Depending on the type of fabric you choose for the clothing, the folds and wrinkles can either be more pronounced or subtle. Take care to enhance the sharpness of the folds and creases for bulk, heavy fabrics. Make them crisp in lighter fabrics and tone them down in case of fragile, soft material, for a true-to-life effect.\r\n<h3>Accessorize Clothing</h3>\r\nShoes, belts, ties, scarves, bling and handbags are just but a few accessories that compliment clothing to create a great appearance. Your images, too, may be a tad incomplete without these accessories, if and only if the situation warrants it, or you are planning on some satirical or comic renderings.\r\n\r\nEither way, learning how to draw shoes is an equally interesting and relatively easier experience, as you concentrate only on the structure of the feet, at least during the learning phase. Here again, the stance and the type of the shoe are two basic factors that need focus. The learning process again remains the same. Trace a basic outline of the feet, make alterations as needed, add a few details, and fit in the shoe of your choice.\r\n\r\nPractice is the key to mastering how to draw clothes. Simply use a reference grid to sketch out the body shape of a model from your favorite magazine or snap, and follow these guidelines to reproduce the image to the T.','Picture Perfect Clothing - A Beginner\'s Guide to Sketching Clothes','','inherit','open','open','','935-revision-v1','','','2014-03-04 00:35:16','2014-03-04 08:35:16','',935,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/935-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(956,2,'2014-03-24 21:36:34','2014-03-25 04:36:34','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-girl-picture.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-960 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-girl-picture-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/stock-photos-pencil-drawing-little-artist-girl-image12712993\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /></a>So, you\'ve decided to take up a bit of art as a good way to spend some of your free time and share your new found talent with those that can appreciate your work.  You may think you\'ve gotten pretty good at it too since you\'ve managed to draw some good portraits of yourself and adult family members and friends.  What you may discover however, if you haven\'t already, is that things may not be quite as simple when you decide to try to draw children.\r\n\r\nA lot of new artists find themselves facing a rather difficult and sometimes even frustrating task when they decide to begin drawing children.  A lot of times what you will end up with in your early attempts at drawing babies, little kids or even teenagers, is a feeling that you have drawn a picture of some strangely proportioned little gnome.  Don\'t worry, it happens to the best of us until we learn the tricks involved in drawing what you would otherwise think might be an easy move from drawing adult people.\r\n\r\nLet\'s take a quick look at some of the important things that you need to keep in mind while you\'re learning how to draw children, things that you may not think about without some practice or a little guidance.\r\n\r\n- Children are not nearly as complicated in real life as adults are.  Drawing children doesn\'t necessarily have to be as complicated either.  In fact, you should try to make it a point to keep things fairly simple.\r\n\r\n- Children are not yet fully developed and still carry some baby fat, sometimes on into their teenage years.\r\n\r\n- Facial features in children are very, very different from those most adults have.  Trying to draw a child’s face the same way you would go about drawing an adult’s face will end up with some very...interesting results.\r\n\r\n- The very attitude a child carries themselves with is completely different from that of an adult.  This can play into facial expressions as well as the way your subject sits or stands.\r\n\r\nKeeping these four major things in mind can be pretty helpful while you are in the process of learning how to draw children.  Let\'s break things down a little bit more and look at how to draw a few things that are a little more specific.\r\n<h3>What to Remember When Drawing Babies</h3>\r\nFirst, let\'s take a look at how to draw a baby and some of the major differences involved, compared to drawing an adult:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-baby.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-959\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-baby-213x300.jpg\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/royalty-free-stock-images-child-s-portrait-image11802799\" width=\"213\" height=\"300\" /></a>Babies are the least developed among the human race.  In fact, everything about them is simple from their understanding of the world, to the way they move and communicate.  The most important word to keep in your head here is \"simple.\"\r\n\r\nIn fact, drawing a baby should be so simple that we often make it the most complicated of all the projects we can undertake because as adults, we have the natural tendency to think in complicated adult terms.  So, I\'ll say it again:  \"Keep it simple!\"\r\n\r\nBabies also carry the most body fat out of all of the subjects you will ever attempt to draw.  Lots of rounding and curves should be put into play when drawing the torso and limbs.  Angles and straight lines should be avoided altogether.  Most babies are rather plump, so don\'t be afraid to display this as you draw your torso, limbs, and appendages.  Overlapping lines and curves can also help to portray a sense of healthy baby fat.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to drawing the baby\'s face, think more of circles than ovals.  Most babies have very round heads and their facial features are somewhat disproportioned because they\'re still growing and developing.  Draw the eyes large and round and place them a little lower on the face than you might think you should.  Noses should be somewhat round and on the large side as well.  Again, the key word here is to keep it \"simple.\"\r\n\r\nYou should also keep posture in mind here.  Remember that babies don\'t stand.  The most common posture you will find a baby in is lying on its back, waving his arms and legs around, and looking at the world in awe and wonder from his little vantage point while he takes in everything that he can see and hear.  Thinking about what the baby might be thinking while you\'re drawing him can be very helpful when deciding on his posture, arm and leg positions, and facial expressions.\r\n<h3>Tips for Drawing Boys</h3>\r\nOK, enough of the baby-talk.  Let\'s move on to how to draw a boy that has already learned to walk, talk, and feed himself.  Here\'s what to keep in mind:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/dennisjr2.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-646 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/dennisjr2-237x300.jpg\" alt=\"&quot;Dennis Jr.&quot; by Jack Pearce\" width=\"237\" height=\"300\" /></a>- Still keep it simple, but not quite as much.  Little boys are a tad more complicated than babies are in terms of understanding and activity.  Give your boy a bit more detail to portray his more complicated nature, but not quite as much as you would give to an adult.\r\n\r\n- He\'s probably still carrying some baby fat, although his arms and legs will be longer and stronger now.  Reflect this by continuing to use curved lines and avoiding angles at the joints.  Be careful not to use too much rounding though because boys at this age are more active and that baby fat is starting to drop off a little.\r\n\r\n- The head should still be fairly round but since he\'s a little more developed, it doesn\'t hurt to elongate the circle just a smidgen.  Facial features will be a bit more developed so you can make them a little more proportional here.  Move the eyes up closer to the top of the head, but not too much, and make them just a bit smaller than you would on a baby.  They should still be at about the middle point between the size you would use on a baby and the size you might use on an adult.\r\n\r\n- Add some hair!  Again, remember to keep it simple.  Little boys tend not to care about their hairdo, so unless a parent got to it beforehand, it\'s okay to draw it a little messy.  Just add the details with care or he\'ll begin looking like a strange little man before you know what happened to him.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Little Girls</h3>\r\nNow, at this point you\'re probably thinking that I\'m going to give you a different list of do\'s and don\'ts when it comes to learning how to draw a girl.  You\'re in for a pleasant surprise because drawing girls shouldn\'t be all that different from drawing a boy of the same age.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-little-girl.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-961\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-little-girl-216x300.jpg\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/royalty-free-stock-photos-little-girl-pencil-drawing-image23260278\" width=\"216\" height=\"300\" /></a>They will have about the same level of development and simplicity as boys will so you\'ve practically already learned all that you need to here.  There are just a few differences to keep in mind though:\r\n\r\n- A girl\'s posture will be somewhat different.  Little boys tend to carry themselves \"out.\"  This basically means that a boy will carry his shoulders a little bit higher and wider and his stance (the way he positions his feet) will also be a bit wider.  Girls of the same age tend to carry themselves \"in\" meaning that their shoulder posture will be less opened and their stance will normally involve feet that are closer together.\r\n\r\n- A girl\'s facial features will typically be softer and even simpler than a boy\'s will.  This can be achieved by using slightly larger and rounder eyes and nose and smaller ears.\r\n\r\n- This one should go without saying but I\'m going to say it anyway, just to be on the safe side.  Because your goal when drawing children is to avoid too much detail, the most important thing you can do to make your girls stand out from your boys is to draw them with longer hair.\r\n<h3>Simple Tips for Simple Children Drawings</h3>\r\nAnd there you have it!  It may seem like a lot to take in but you may have also noticed that our little journey together has involved one major repeating theme.  Would you like me to say it for you again?  I\'m going to go ahead and say it again with just one more bullet list to help you remember the rules when drawing children.\r\n\r\n- Keep it simple.\r\n\r\n- Use curved lines and avoid angles.\r\n\r\n- Draw rounder heads and bigger facial features.\r\n\r\n- Think about the posture that a subject of your intended age might use.\r\n\r\n- Think about what your intended subject may be thinking or feeling and try to reflect that in your very simple facial features.\r\n\r\nLearning how to draw children can be a complicated and sometimes frustrating process.  The biggest reason for that though is that as adults we have a tendency to make things as complicated as we are.  Children are infinitely less complicated than adults are so it should stand to reason that drawing a picture of them should also be less complicated.\r\n\r\nArmed with these simple tips and tricks in mind, it\'s time to put them into action.  So get out there and use that artistic streak to the best of your ability.  Just keep these simple suggestions in mind and you should find yourself drawing children rather than little gnomes in no time.  Just remember that if something doesn\'t turn out quite right, you may just need to think about simplifying your thought process!','Tips and Tricks for How to Draw Children','','publish','open','open','','tips-and-tricks-for-how-to-draw-children','','','2015-07-29 09:55:38','2015-07-29 16:55:38','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=956',0,'post','',4),(2165,2,'2015-07-29 09:55:38','2015-07-29 16:55:38','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-girl-picture.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-960 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-girl-picture-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/stock-photos-pencil-drawing-little-artist-girl-image12712993\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /></a>So, you\'ve decided to take up a bit of art as a good way to spend some of your free time and share your new found talent with those that can appreciate your work.  You may think you\'ve gotten pretty good at it too since you\'ve managed to draw some good portraits of yourself and adult family members and friends.  What you may discover however, if you haven\'t already, is that things may not be quite as simple when you decide to try to draw children.\r\n\r\nA lot of new artists find themselves facing a rather difficult and sometimes even frustrating task when they decide to begin drawing children.  A lot of times what you will end up with in your early attempts at drawing babies, little kids or even teenagers, is a feeling that you have drawn a picture of some strangely proportioned little gnome.  Don\'t worry, it happens to the best of us until we learn the tricks involved in drawing what you would otherwise think might be an easy move from drawing adult people.\r\n\r\nLet\'s take a quick look at some of the important things that you need to keep in mind while you\'re learning how to draw children, things that you may not think about without some practice or a little guidance.\r\n\r\n- Children are not nearly as complicated in real life as adults are.  Drawing children doesn\'t necessarily have to be as complicated either.  In fact, you should try to make it a point to keep things fairly simple.\r\n\r\n- Children are not yet fully developed and still carry some baby fat, sometimes on into their teenage years.\r\n\r\n- Facial features in children are very, very different from those most adults have.  Trying to draw a child’s face the same way you would go about drawing an adult’s face will end up with some very...interesting results.\r\n\r\n- The very attitude a child carries themselves with is completely different from that of an adult.  This can play into facial expressions as well as the way your subject sits or stands.\r\n\r\nKeeping these four major things in mind can be pretty helpful while you are in the process of learning how to draw children.  Let\'s break things down a little bit more and look at how to draw a few things that are a little more specific.\r\n<h3>What to Remember When Drawing Babies</h3>\r\nFirst, let\'s take a look at how to draw a baby and some of the major differences involved, compared to drawing an adult:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-baby.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-959\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-baby-213x300.jpg\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/royalty-free-stock-images-child-s-portrait-image11802799\" width=\"213\" height=\"300\" /></a>Babies are the least developed among the human race.  In fact, everything about them is simple from their understanding of the world, to the way they move and communicate.  The most important word to keep in your head here is \"simple.\"\r\n\r\nIn fact, drawing a baby should be so simple that we often make it the most complicated of all the projects we can undertake because as adults, we have the natural tendency to think in complicated adult terms.  So, I\'ll say it again:  \"Keep it simple!\"\r\n\r\nBabies also carry the most body fat out of all of the subjects you will ever attempt to draw.  Lots of rounding and curves should be put into play when drawing the torso and limbs.  Angles and straight lines should be avoided altogether.  Most babies are rather plump, so don\'t be afraid to display this as you draw your torso, limbs, and appendages.  Overlapping lines and curves can also help to portray a sense of healthy baby fat.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to drawing the baby\'s face, think more of circles than ovals.  Most babies have very round heads and their facial features are somewhat disproportioned because they\'re still growing and developing.  Draw the eyes large and round and place them a little lower on the face than you might think you should.  Noses should be somewhat round and on the large side as well.  Again, the key word here is to keep it \"simple.\"\r\n\r\nYou should also keep posture in mind here.  Remember that babies don\'t stand.  The most common posture you will find a baby in is lying on its back, waving his arms and legs around, and looking at the world in awe and wonder from his little vantage point while he takes in everything that he can see and hear.  Thinking about what the baby might be thinking while you\'re drawing him can be very helpful when deciding on his posture, arm and leg positions, and facial expressions.\r\n<h3>Tips for Drawing Boys</h3>\r\nOK, enough of the baby-talk.  Let\'s move on to how to draw a boy that has already learned to walk, talk, and feed himself.  Here\'s what to keep in mind:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/dennisjr2.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-646 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/dennisjr2-237x300.jpg\" alt=\"&quot;Dennis Jr.&quot; by Jack Pearce\" width=\"237\" height=\"300\" /></a>- Still keep it simple, but not quite as much.  Little boys are a tad more complicated than babies are in terms of understanding and activity.  Give your boy a bit more detail to portray his more complicated nature, but not quite as much as you would give to an adult.\r\n\r\n- He\'s probably still carrying some baby fat, although his arms and legs will be longer and stronger now.  Reflect this by continuing to use curved lines and avoiding angles at the joints.  Be careful not to use too much rounding though because boys at this age are more active and that baby fat is starting to drop off a little.\r\n\r\n- The head should still be fairly round but since he\'s a little more developed, it doesn\'t hurt to elongate the circle just a smidgen.  Facial features will be a bit more developed so you can make them a little more proportional here.  Move the eyes up closer to the top of the head, but not too much, and make them just a bit smaller than you would on a baby.  They should still be at about the middle point between the size you would use on a baby and the size you might use on an adult.\r\n\r\n- Add some hair!  Again, remember to keep it simple.  Little boys tend not to care about their hairdo, so unless a parent got to it beforehand, it\'s okay to draw it a little messy.  Just add the details with care or he\'ll begin looking like a strange little man before you know what happened to him.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Little Girls</h3>\r\nNow, at this point you\'re probably thinking that I\'m going to give you a different list of do\'s and don\'ts when it comes to learning how to draw a girl.  You\'re in for a pleasant surprise because drawing girls shouldn\'t be all that different from drawing a boy of the same age.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-little-girl.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-961\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-little-girl-216x300.jpg\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/royalty-free-stock-photos-little-girl-pencil-drawing-image23260278\" width=\"216\" height=\"300\" /></a>They will have about the same level of development and simplicity as boys will so you\'ve practically already learned all that you need to here.  There are just a few differences to keep in mind though:\r\n\r\n- A girl\'s posture will be somewhat different.  Little boys tend to carry themselves \"out.\"  This basically means that a boy will carry his shoulders a little bit higher and wider and his stance (the way he positions his feet) will also be a bit wider.  Girls of the same age tend to carry themselves \"in\" meaning that their shoulder posture will be less opened and their stance will normally involve feet that are closer together.\r\n\r\n- A girl\'s facial features will typically be softer and even simpler than a boy\'s will.  This can be achieved by using slightly larger and rounder eyes and nose and smaller ears.\r\n\r\n- This one should go without saying but I\'m going to say it anyway, just to be on the safe side.  Because your goal when drawing children is to avoid too much detail, the most important thing you can do to make your girls stand out from your boys is to draw them with longer hair.\r\n<h3>Simple Tips for Simple Children Drawings</h3>\r\nAnd there you have it!  It may seem like a lot to take in but you may have also noticed that our little journey together has involved one major repeating theme.  Would you like me to say it for you again?  I\'m going to go ahead and say it again with just one more bullet list to help you remember the rules when drawing children.\r\n\r\n- Keep it simple.\r\n\r\n- Use curved lines and avoid angles.\r\n\r\n- Draw rounder heads and bigger facial features.\r\n\r\n- Think about the posture that a subject of your intended age might use.\r\n\r\n- Think about what your intended subject may be thinking or feeling and try to reflect that in your very simple facial features.\r\n\r\nLearning how to draw children can be a complicated and sometimes frustrating process.  The biggest reason for that though is that as adults we have a tendency to make things as complicated as we are.  Children are infinitely less complicated than adults are so it should stand to reason that drawing a picture of them should also be less complicated.\r\n\r\nArmed with these simple tips and tricks in mind, it\'s time to put them into action.  So get out there and use that artistic streak to the best of your ability.  Just keep these simple suggestions in mind and you should find yourself drawing children rather than little gnomes in no time.  Just remember that if something doesn\'t turn out quite right, you may just need to think about simplifying your thought process!','Tips and Tricks for How to Draw Children','','inherit','open','open','','956-revision-v1','','','2015-07-29 09:55:38','2015-07-29 16:55:38','',956,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/956-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(959,2,'2014-03-24 21:18:50','2014-03-25 04:18:50','','http://www.dreamstime.com/royalty-free-stock-images-child-s-portrait-image11802799','','inherit','open','open','','httpwww-dreamstime-comroyalty-free-stock-images-child-s-portrait-image11802799','','','2014-03-24 21:18:50','2014-03-25 04:18:50','',956,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-baby.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(960,2,'2014-03-24 21:18:51','2014-03-25 04:18:51','','http://www.dreamstime.com/stock-photos-pencil-drawing-little-artist-girl-image12712993','','inherit','open','open','','httpwww-dreamstime-comstock-photos-pencil-drawing-little-artist-girl-image12712993','','','2014-03-24 21:18:51','2014-03-25 04:18:51','',956,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-children-girl-picture.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),